-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, JW4O2Y2BRt7SZaPI1XY6DnXPR426GFA/3xfKLFFmHfs6eI1eC+erqyLnSSHHu9M5 fkYskxSqaDT36/bBUE5xvg== 0001193125-06-100320.txt : 20060504 0001193125-06-100320.hdr.sgml : 20060504 20060504160803 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-06-100320 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20060331 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060504 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060504 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CHORDIANT SOFTWARE INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001042134 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE [7372] IRS NUMBER: 931051328 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0906 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-29357 FILM NUMBER: 06808476 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 20400 STEVENS CREEK BLVD STREET 2: SUITE 400 CITY: CUPERTINO STATE: CA ZIP: 95014 BUSINESS PHONE: 4085176100 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 20400 STEVENS CREEK BLVD STREET 2: SUITE 400 CITY: CUPERTINO STATE: CA ZIP: 95014 10-Q 1 d10q.htm FORM 10-Q Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-Q

 


(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 000-29357

 


Chordiant Software, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 


 

Delaware   93-1051328

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

20400 Stevens Creek Boulevard, Suite 400

Cupertino, CA 95014

(Address of Principal Executive Offices including Zip Code)

(408) 517-6100

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year if changed since last report)

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨    Accelerated filer  x    Non-accelerated filer  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of April 30, 2006, there were 79,273,183 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

 



Table of Contents

Table of Contents

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page No.

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  
Item 1.   Financial Statements (unaudited)    3
  Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005    3
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

   4
  Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005    6
  Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements    7
Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    25
Item 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    40
Item 4.   Controls and Procedures    41

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

  
Item 1.   Legal Proceedings    42
Item 1A.   Risk Factors    43
Item 6.   Exhibits    53
  Signatures    54

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements (Unaudited)

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    

March 31,

2006

   

September 30,

2005

 
     (Unaudited)        
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,287     $ 38,546  

Restricted cash

     461       1,982  

Accounts receivable, net, including $483 and $263 due from related parties at March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005, respectively

     16,464       18,979  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,788       4,345  
                

Total current assets

     65,000       63,852  

Restricted cash

     394       365  

Property and equipment, net

     2,446       2,479  

Goodwill

     31,907       31,907  

Intangible assets, net

     4,542       5,148  

Other assets

     3,039       3,499  
                

Total assets

   $ 107,328     $ 107,250  
                
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 4,567     $ 4,554  

Accrued expenses

     10,765       8,902  

Deferred revenue, including related party balances of $1,151 and $370 at March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005, respectively

     22,743       26,050  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     204       213  
                

Total current liabilities

     38,279       39,719  

Deferred revenue—long-term

     2,985       147  

Restructuring costs, net of current portion

     1,428       1,731  

Other long term liabilities

     121       96  
                

Total liabilities

     42,813       41,693  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5, 7, 8 and 9)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 51,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 300,000 shares authorized; 79,043 and 78,488 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005, respectively

     79       78  

Additional paid-in capital and deferred compensation

     274,754       271,884  

Accumulated deficit

     (212,735 )     (208,889 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,417       2,484  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     64,515       65,557  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 107,328     $ 107,250  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2006     2005     2006     2005  
           (restated)           (restated)  

Revenues:

        

License, including related party items aggregating $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, and $0 and $5,307 for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

   $ 13,206     $ 6,959     $ 22,332     $ 15,801  

Service, including related party items aggregating $471 and $484 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and $1,066 and $1,331 for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

     13,067       12,212       26,499       25,047  
                                

Total revenues

     26,273       19,171       48,831       40,848  

Cost of revenues:

        

License

     518       198       961       364  

Service

     7,864       7,601       14,248       15,093  

Amortization of intangible assets

     303       331       606       462  
                                

Total cost of revenues

     8,685       8,130       15,815       15,919  
                                

Gross profit

     17,588       11,041       33,016       24,929  
                                

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     8,732       7,155       16,836       14,364  

Research and development

     5,859       5,286       10,373       10,149  

General and administrative

     5,225       5,184       9,929       9,084  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         93       —         117  

Purchased in-process research and development

     —         —         —         1,940  

Restructuring expense (reversal)

     —         26       —         (97 )
                                

Total operating expenses

     19,816       17,744       37,138       35,557  
                                

Loss from operations

     (2,228 )     (6,703 )     (4,122 )     (10,628 )

Interest income, net

     281       182       480       392  

Other income (expense), net

     (31 )     166       87       (231 )
                                

Net loss before income taxes

     (1,978 )     (6,355 )     (3,555 )     (10,467 )

Provision for income taxes

     170       75       291       155  
                                

Net loss

   $ (2,148 )   $ (6,430 )   $ (3,846 )   $ (10,622 )
                                

Other comprehensive income:

        

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

     226       (564 )     (67 )     74  
                                

Comprehensive loss

   $ (1,922 )   $ (6,994 )   $ (3,913 )   $ (10,548 )
                                

Net loss per share— basic and diluted

   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.14 )
                                

Weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share

     77,228       74,745       77,026       73,464  
                                

 

4


Table of Contents

See Notes 2 and 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Net loss for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 included stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123(R) of $1.1 million and $2.2 million, which consisted of stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and $0.9 million related to employee stock options and $0.6 million and $1.3 million related to restricted stock awards, respectively. Net loss for both the three and six months ended March 31, 2005 included a stock-based compensation expense related to variable stock options and restricted stock awards of $1.0 million. There was no stock-based compensation expense related to fixed employee stock options or employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan under SFAS 123 included in the net loss for the three and six months ended March 31, 2005, because the company did not adopt the recognition provisions of SFAS 123. Net loss including pro forma stock-based compensation expense (restated) as previously disclosed in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended March 31, 2005 was $6.5 million or $0.09 per share and $12.0 million or $0.16 per share, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2006     2005  
           (restated)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (3,846 )   $ (10,622 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     569       737  

Purchased in-process research and development

     —         1,940  

Amortization of intangibles and capitalized software

     1,055       579  

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

     2,156       958  

Provision (credit) for doubtful accounts

     79       (13 )

Warrants issued to customers

     —         (52 )

Other non-cash charges

     —         128  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     2,395       4,925  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (714 )     (469 )

Other assets

     11       133  

Accounts payable

     29       (3,736 )

Accrued expenses

     1,700       (525 )

Deferred revenue

     (367 )     (3,327 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     3,067       (9,344 )
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Property and equipment purchases

     (544 )     (340 )

Capitalized product development costs

     —         (1,570 )

Cash used for acquisitions, net

     —         (9,817 )

Proceeds from release of (increase in) restricted cash

     1,483       (5 )
                

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     939       (11,732 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     982       168  

Payment on capital leases

     (104 )     (100 )
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     878       68  
                

Effect of exchange rate changes

     (143 )     585  
                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4,741       (20,423 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     38,546       55,748  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 43,287     $ 35,325  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1—THE COMPANY

Chordiant Software, Inc. (“the Company”, or “we”) is an enterprise software vendor that offers software solutions for global business-to-consumer companies that seek to improve the quality of their customer interactions and to reduce costs through increased employee productivity and process efficiencies. We concentrate on serving global customers in retail, financial services, communications and other consumer direct industries.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The September 30, 2005 condensed consolidated balance sheet was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. However, the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2005 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on December 9, 2005 (“2005 Form 10-K”).

All adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are necessary to state fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented have been made. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or for any future period.

Restatement of prior year quarterly results of operations and cash flows

The financial information as of, and for the three and six months ended March 31, 2005 is labeled restated as it has been revised from the amounts previously filed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 16, 2005. The restatement is further discussed in Note 19 of the consolidated financial statements in our 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances to conform to the current period’s presentation.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

On an on-going basis, we evaluate the estimates, including those related to our allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of deferred tax assets, certain variables associated with the valuation of stock-based compensation, restructuring costs, contingencies, vendor specific evidence of fair value in multiple element arrangements and the estimates associated with the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for certain of our revenue contracts. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

7


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

We derive revenues from licenses of our software and related services, which include assistance in implementation, customization and integration, post-contract customer support, training and consulting. The amount and timing of our revenue is difficult to predict and any shortfall in revenue or delay in recognizing revenue could cause our operating results to vary significantly from period to period and could result in additional operating losses. The accounting rules related to revenue recognition are complex and are affected by interpretation of the rules and an understanding of industry practices, both of which are subject to change. Consequently, the revenue recognition accounting rules require management to make significant judgments.

Software license revenue is recognized in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2 “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended by Statement of Position No. 98-9 “Software Revenue Recognition with Respect to Certain Arrangements” (collectively “SOP 97-2”).

For arrangements with multiple elements, we recognize revenue for services and post-contract customer support based upon vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value of the respective elements. VSOE of fair value for the services element is based upon the standard hourly rates we charge for the services when such services are sold separately. The VSOE of fair value for annual post-contract customer support is generally established with the contractual future renewal rates included in the contracts when the renewal rate is substantive and consistent with the fees when support services are sold separately. When contracts contain multiple elements and VSOE of fair value exists for all undelivered elements, we account for the delivered elements, principally the license portion, based upon the “residual method” as prescribed by SOP 97-2. In multiple element transactions where VSOE is not established for an undelivered element, we recognize revenue upon the establishment of VSOE for that element or when the element is delivered.

At the time we enter into a transaction, we assess whether any services included within the arrangement require us to perform significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products.

For product contracts that do not involve significant implementation or customization essential to the product functionality, we recognize license revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the fee is probable and delivery has occurred as prescribed by SOP 97-2.

For product contracts that involve significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products, we recognize the license and professional consulting services revenues using either the percentage-of- completion method or the completed contract method as prescribed by Statement of Position No. 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Product-Type Contracts” (“SOP 81-1”).

The percentage-of-completion method is applied when we have the ability to make reasonable dependable estimates of the total effort required for completion using labor hours incurred as the measure of progress towards completion. The progress toward completion is measured based on the “go-live” date. We define the “go-live” date as the date the essential product functionality has been delivered or the application enters into a production environment or the point at which no significant additional Chordiant supplied professional services resources are required. Estimates are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. We account for the changes in estimates when the information becomes known. Information impacting estimates obtained after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of the financial statements is used to update the estimates. Provisions for estimated contract losses are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. When we sell additional licenses related to the original licensing agreement, revenue is recognized upon delivery if the project has reached the go-live date, or if the project has not reached the go-live date, revenue is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. We classify revenues from these arrangements as license and service revenues based upon the estimated fair value of each element.

The completed contract method is applied when we are unable to determine reasonable dependable estimates of the total effort required for completion. Under the completed contract method, all revenue and related costs of revenue are deferred and recognized upon completion.

For product co-development arrangements relating to software products in development prior to the consummation of the individual arrangements, where the Company retains the intellectual property being developed, and intends to sell the resulting products to other customers, license revenue is deferred until the delivery of the final product, provided all other requirements of SOP 97-2 are met. Expenses associated with these co-development arrangements are normally expensed as incurred as they are considered to be research and development costs that do not qualify for capitalization or deferral.

Revenue from subscription or term license agreements, which include software, rights to unspecified future products and maintenance, is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period. Revenue from subscription or term license agreements, which include software, but exclude rights to unspecified future products or maintenance, is recognized upon delivery of the software if the related agreement is non-cancelable, non-refundable and provided on an unsupported basis.

 

8


Table of Contents

In situations in which we are obligated to provide unspecified additional software products in the future, we recognize revenue as a subscription ratably over the term of the commitment period.

Revenues generated from fees charged to customers for providing transaction processing are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related transactions occur.

We recognize revenue for post-contract customer support ratably over the support periods which have historically ranged from one to three years.

Our training and consulting services revenues are recognized as such services are performed on an hourly or daily basis for time and material contracts. For consulting services arrangements with a fixed fee, we recognize revenue on the proportional performance method.

For all sales we use either a signed license agreement or a binding purchase order where we have a master license agreement as evidence of an arrangement. Sales through our third party systems integrators are evidenced by a master agreement governing the relationship together with binding purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Revenues from reseller arrangements are recognized on the “sell-through” method, when the reseller reports to us the sale of our software products to end-users. Our agreements with customers and resellers do not contain product return rights.

We assess collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We generally do not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection of a fee is not probable, we defer the fee and recognize revenue at the time collection becomes probable, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

Restricted cash

At March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005, interest bearing certificates of deposit were classified as restricted cash. These deposits serve as collateral for letters of credit securing certain lease obligations and post-contract customer support obligations. During the quarter ended December 31, 2005, $1.5 million of restricted cash that served as a security deposit on a post-contract customer support transaction was released as the underlying contract requirement expired.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

On October 1, 2005, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123(R)”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options, restricted stock awards and employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) supersedes the Company’s previous accounting using the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) for periods beginning in fiscal 2006. In March 2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB 107”), which provided supplemental implementation guidance for SFAS 123(R). We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 in the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

We adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard as of October 1, 2005, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year 2006. The condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 reflect the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the condensed consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).

SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). Under the intrinsic value method, when the exercise price of the Company’s fixed stock options granted to employees and directors was equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant, no stock-based compensation was required to be recognized under APB 25.

 

9


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period under SFAS 123(R) is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 includes: (i) compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of September 30, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123, and (ii) compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to September 30, 2005 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we changed our method of expense attribution from the vested graded to the straight-line method. Compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted on or prior to September 30, 2005 will continue to be recognized using the vested graded method of expense attribution while compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to September 30, 2005 will be recognized using the straight-line method of expense attribution. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the second quarter and first six months of fiscal 2006 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS 123 for the periods prior to fiscal 2006, we accounted for forfeitures as they occurred. See Note 10.

Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company has continued to utilize the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes model”) which was previously used for the Company’s pro forma disclosures required under SFAS 123. For additional information, see Note 10. The Company’s determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in management’s opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of the Company’s employee stock options. Although the fair value of employee stock options is determined in accordance with SFAS 123(R) and SAB 107 using an option-pricing model, that value may not be indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market transaction.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 was $1.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

The effect of the adoption of FAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005, resulted in an increase of $0.4 million and $0.7 million in the loss from operations, loss before income taxes and net loss for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, respectively, compared to the continued application of APB 25 as used in the comparable prior year period. Basic and diluted net loss per share would have been $0.02 and $0.04 for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 if we continued to use APB 25 as in the comparable year period, compared to our reported basic and net loss per share of $0.03 and $0.05 for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, respectively. We have not recognized, and do not expect to recognize in the near future, any tax benefit related to employee stock-based compensation expense due to the full valuation allowance of our net deferred tax assets and our operating loss carryforwards. In addition, the adoption of FAS 123(R) did not affect our cash flow from operations or cash flow from financing activities. No stock-based compensation expense has been capitalized as part of the cost of an asset as of March 31, 2006.

Under APB 25, for both the three months and six months ended March 31, 2005, an expense of $1.0 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense in the condensed consolidated statement of operations related to variable options and restricted stock awards. Previously, the compensation expense under APB 25 on variable options was re-measured at the end of each operating period until the options were exercised, forfeited or expired. Under SFAS 123(R), these options are now expensed based on the fair value approach for unvested shares as of September 30, 2005. The restricted stock awards continue to be expensed under FAS 123(R) using a vested graded expense attribution consistent with the prior period.

There was no stock-based compensation expense related to the ESPP recognized during the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. See Note 10 for additional information.

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. To date, we have invested excess funds in money market accounts. We have cash and cash equivalents with various high quality institutions domestically and internationally.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our accounts receivable are derived from sales to customers located in North America, Europe, and elsewhere in the world. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, generally, require no collateral from our customers. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts when deemed necessary. To date, bad debts have not been material and have been within management expectations.

The following table summarizes the revenues from customers that accounted for 10% or more of total revenues:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Citicorp

   20 %     *   11 %     *

Capital One

   17 %   32 %   11 %   25 %

ING Canada, Inc.

   11 %     *   11 %     *

Time Warner

     *   11 %     *     *

Barclays

     *     *     *   14 %

* Represents less than 10% of total revenues.

At March 31, 2006, Citicorp and Capital One accounted for 29% and 10%, respectively, of our accounts receivable. At September 30, 2005, Capital One, Wachovia and HSBC accounted for 18%, 17% and 10% of our accounts receivable, respectively.

Research and Development

Costs incurred in the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products are charged to expense as incurred until the technological feasibility of the product or enhancement has been established. Technological feasibility of the product is determined after the completion of a detailed program design and a determination has been made that any uncertainties related to high-risk development issues have been resolved. If the process of developing the product does not include a detail program design, technological feasibility is determined only after completion of a working model. After establishing technological feasibility, additional development costs incurred through the date the product is available for general release to customers is capitalized and amortized over the estimated product life.

When technological feasibility is established through the completion of a working model the period of time between achieving technological feasibility and the general release of new products is generally short and software development costs qualifying for capitalization are normally insignificant. During the quarter ended September 30, 2004, technological feasibility for an acquired banking product was established through the completion of a detailed program design. Costs aggregating $2.7 million associated with this product have been capitalized and are characterized as Other Assets as of September 30, 2005. During the quarter ended September 30, 2005, the product became available for general release and, accordingly, the costs capitalized commenced to be amortized. The capitalized costs are being amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product which is estimated to be 36 months. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, amortization expense related to this product was $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and is included in the cost of revenues for licenses.

Income Taxes

We provide a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on a number of factors, including the lack of a history of profits, future taxable income and the fact that the market in which we compete is competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technology, we believe that there is sufficient uncertainty regarding the realization of deferred tax assets such that a full valuation allowance has been provided. At September 30, 2005, we had approximately $153.6 million and $12.5 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state purposes, respectively, and net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $34.2 million in the United Kingdom.

Under U.S. tax rules, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), as amended, certain limitations are imposed on the use of net operating losses following certain defined changes in ownership. During the three months ended March 31, 2006 the Company performed an analysis of it’s historical ownership changes and concluded that four such changes have occurred since inception. As a result of the IRC Section 382 study, approximately $2.1 million of the $153.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards at September 30, 2005 will expire unutilized.

Subsequent ownership changes, as defined in Section 382, could further limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income, if any.

 

11


Table of Contents

Net loss per share

Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period excluding common stock subject to repurchase. The calculation of diluted net loss per share excludes potential common shares as their effect is anti-dilutive. Potential common shares consist of common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, warrants (using the treasury stock method) and common shares subject to repurchase by us.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except for per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2006     2005     2006     2005  
           (restated)           (restated)  

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (2,148 )   $ (6,430 )   $ (3,846 )   $ (10,622 )
                                

Weighted average common stock outstanding

     78,767       77,004       78,565       75,014  

Common stock subject to repurchase

     (1,539 )     (2,259 )     (1,539 )     (1,550 )
                                

Denominator for basic and diluted calculation

     77,228       74,745       77,026       73,464  
                                

Net loss per share – basic and diluted

   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.14 )
                                

The following table sets forth the potential total common shares that are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share as their effect is anti-dilutive as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

    

March 31,

2006

  

March 31,

2005

Warrants outstanding

   1,662    1,662

Employee stock options

   10,263    9,688

Restricted stock

   1,539    2,096
         
   13,464    13,446
         

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. This statement was issued to simplify the accounting for servicing rights and to reduce the volatility that results from using different measurement attributes. We have evaluated the new statement and have determined that it will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results.

In February 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The statement was issued to clarify the application of FASB Statement No. 133 to beneficial interests in securitized financial assets and to improve the consistency of accounting for similar financial instruments, regardless of the form of the instruments. We have evaluated the new statement and have determined that it will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results.

In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS123(R)-3, Transition Election to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards. This FSP requires an entity to follow either the transition guidance for the additional-paid-in-capital pool as prescribed in SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, or the alternative transition method as described in the FSP. An entity that adopts SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application may make a one-time election to adopt the transition method described in this FSP. An entity may take up to one year from the later of its initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) or the effective date of this FSP to evaluate its available transition alternatives and make its one-time election. This FSP became effective in November 2005. We continue to evaluate the impact that the adoption of this FSP could have on our financial statements.

In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP FAS115-1/124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, which addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired,

 

12


Table of Contents

whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The guidance in this FSP amends FASB Statements No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and No. 124, Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-for-Profit Organizations, and APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. We have evaluated the new statement and have determined that it will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results.

In June, 2005, the FASB issued Statement No. 154 (“SFAS 154”), “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting principle. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principles were required to be recognized by way of a cumulative effect adjustment within net income during the period of the change. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005; however, the Statement does not change the transition provisions of any existing accounting pronouncements. The Company does not believe adoption of SFAS 154 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 47 (“FIN 47”), “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143.” FIN 47 requires asset retirement obligations to be recorded when a legal obligation exists even though the timing and/or method of the settlement of such obligations is conditional on a future event. FIN 47 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company is has evaluated the effect that the adoption of FIN 47 and it did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FSP 109-2 (“FSP 109-2”), “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creations Act of 2004.” FSP 109-2 provides guidance under FASB Statement No. 109 (“SFAS 109”), “Accounting for Income Taxes,” with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act”) on enterprises’ income tax expense and deferred tax liability. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP 109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS 109. FSP 109-2 is effective for fiscal years after December 15, 2005. The Company has not yet completed evaluating the impact of the repatriation provisions, however it does not anticipate the adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, as provided for in FSP 109-2, we have not adjusted our tax expense or deferred tax liability to reflect the repatriation provisions of the Jobs Act.

NOTE 3—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

    

March 31,

2006

   

September 30,

2005

 

Accounts receivable, net:

    

Accounts receivable

   $ 16,757     $ 19,193  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (293 )     (214 )
                
   $ 16,464     $ 18,979  
                

 

13


Table of Contents

Intangible assets

The components of intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31, 2006    September 30, 2005
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount

Intangible assets:

               

Developed technologies

   $ 6,904    $ (3,524 )   $ 3,380    $ 6,904    $ (3,075 )   $ 3,829

Customer list and trade names

     2,732      (1,570 )     1,162      2,732      (1,413 )     1,319
                                           
   $ 9,636    $ (5,094 )   $ 4,542    $ 9,636    $ (4,488 )   $ 5,148
                                           

All of our acquired intangible assets are subject to amortization and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives which are as follows: Developed technologies—one and one half to five years; Customer lists and tradenames—three to five years. Aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and, $0.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. We expect amortization expense on acquired intangible assets to be $0.6 million for the remainder of fiscal 2006, $1.2 million in fiscal 2007, $1.2 million in fiscal 2008, $1.2 million in fiscal 2009 and $0.3 million in fiscal 2010.

Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

    

March 31,

2006

  

September 30,

2005

Accrued expenses:

     

Accrued payroll and related expenses

   $ 4,997    $ 4,094

Accrued restructuring expenses, current portion (Note 5)

     943      1,235

Accrued third party consulting fees

     1,693      521

Other accrued liabilities

     3,132      3,052
             
   $ 10,765    $ 8,902
             

NOTE 4—ACQUISITIONS

The operating results of KiQ Limited (“KiQ”) have been included in the condensed consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date of December 21, 2004. The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects the results of operations for the six months ended March 31, 2005 as if the acquisition of KiQ had occurred on October 1, 2004, after giving effect to purchase accounting adjustments. The purchased in-process research and development expense of $1.9 million has not been included in the pro forma results of operations for the six months ended March 31, 2005 because it is considered a non-recurring charge. These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only, do not purport to be indicative of what operating results would have been had the acquisition actually taken place at the beginning of the period, and may not be indicative of future operating results (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Six Months Ended
March 31, 2005
 
     (restated)  

Pro forma adjusted total revenue

   $ 41,742  

Pro forma adjusted net loss

   $ (9,871 )

Pro forma adjusted net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.13 )

Pro forma weighted average shares—basic and diluted

     74,681  

NOTE 5—RESTRUCTURING

Restructuring Costs

Through September 30, 2005, the Company had approved certain restructuring plans to, among other things, reduce its workforce and consolidate facilities. Restructuring and asset impairment charges have been taken to align our cost structure with changing market conditions and to create a more efficient organization. Our restructuring charges have been comprised primarily of: (i) severance and termination benefit costs related to the reduction of our workforce; and (ii) lease termination costs and costs associated with permanently vacating certain facilities. We accounted for each of these costs in accordance with SFAS No. 146 (“SFAS 146”), “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.”

 

14


Table of Contents

Retroactive application of SFAS 146 to periods prior to January 1, 2003 was prohibited and, accordingly, the accrual relating to facilities continues to be accounted for in accordance with the preexisting guidance. The accrual for facilities does not reflect any adjustments relating to the estimated net present value of cash flows associated with the facilities.

For each of the periods presented herein, restructuring charges consist solely of:

 

    Severance and Termination Benefits—These costs represent severance and payroll taxes related to restructuring plans.

 

    Excess Facilities—These costs represent future minimum lease payments related to excess and abandoned space under lease, net of estimated sublease income and planned company occupancy.

As of March 31, 2006, the total restructuring accrual of $2.4 million consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Current    Non-Current    Total

Severance and termination

   $ 30    $ —      $ 30

Excess facilities

     913      1,428      2,341
                    

Total

   $ 943    $ 1,428    $ 2,371
                    

The Company expects the remaining severance and termination benefit accrual will be substantially paid by June 30, 2006.

Included in the facilities reserve is a note payable associated with the buyout of an office lease located in New York City. The amount of the note payable is $0.2 million and it is payable through quarterly installments through June 2011. We expect to pay the excess facilities amounts related to restructured or abandoned leased space as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

   Total Future
Minimum Payments

2006 (remaining six months)

   $ 621

2007

     466

2008

     351

2009

     357

2010

     364

2011

     182
      

Total minimum facility payments

   $ 2,341
      

Fiscal year 2005 Restructuring

In May 2005, the Company announced that it had appointed a task force to improve profitability and control expenses (the “Profitability Task Force”). The goal of the Profitability Task Force is to create better alignment of functions within the Company, to make full utilization of the Company’s India development center, to develop a closer relationship between the Company’s field operations and customers, to review the sales and implementation models, as well as the organization model to flatten management levels, to review the Company’s product lines, and to enhance the Company’s business model for profitability and operating leverage. As a result of the work of the Profitability Task Force, management undertook an approximate 10% reduction in the Company’s workforce, and in July 2005 affected employees were notified. In connection with this action, the Company incurred a one-time restructuring charge of $1.1 million in the fourth quarter ended September 30, 2005 for severance and termination benefits.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the fiscal year 2005 restructuring (in thousands):

 

     Severance
and Benefits
 

Reserve balance at September 30, 2005

   $ 469  

Non-cash

     (1 )

Cash paid

     (438 )
        

Reserve balance at March 31, 2006

   $ 30  
        

 

15


Table of Contents

Prior to Fiscal Year 2005 Restructurings

During fiscal year 2003, based upon our continued evaluation of economic conditions in the information technology industry and our expectations regarding revenue levels, we restructured several areas of the Company to reduce expenses and improve our revenue per employee. This restructuring program included a worldwide workforce reduction, and consolidation of excess facilities and certain business functions. We believe that these reductions and realignments have resulted and will continue to result in a more responsive management structure. As part of these restructuring programs, we recorded a total workforce reduction expense relating to severance and termination benefits of approximately $2.0 million for year ended December 31, 2003. In addition to these costs, we accrued lease costs related to excess facilities of $0.2 million and $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2003, pertaining to the consolidation of excess facilities relating to lease terminations and non-cancelable lease costs. This expense is net of estimated sub-lease income based on current comparable rates for leases in the respective markets. If facilities rental rates decrease in these markets or if it takes longer than expected to sublease these facilities, the maximum amount by which the actual loss could exceed the original estimate is approximately $0.9 million.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the restructuring for the three months ended March 31, 2006 (in thousands):

 

     Facilities  

Reserve balance at September 30, 2005

   $ 2,497  

Cash paid

     (156 )
        

Reserve balance at March 31, 2006

   $ 2,341  
        

Ness Technologies

As part of the fiscal year 2003 restructuring, we entered into an agreement with Ness Technologies Inc., Ness Global Services, Inc. and Ness Technologies India, Ltd. (collectively, “Ness”), effective December 15, 2003, pursuant to which Ness will provide our customers with technical product support through a worldwide help desk facility, a sustaining engineering function that serves as the interface between technical product support and our internal engineering organization, product testing services and product development services (collectively, the “Services”). The agreement has an initial term of three years and may be extended for additional one year terms at our discretion. Under the terms of the agreement, we pay for services rendered on a monthly fee basis, including the requirement to reimburse Ness for approved out-of-pocket expenses. We have also guaranteed certain equipment lease obligations of Ness (See Notes 7 and 8). The agreement may be terminated for convenience by the Company, subject to the payment of a termination fee. At March 31, 2006, the estimated termination fee would be $0.7 million if exercised. The maximum termination fee was initially equal to three months of certain fees, declining to zero after 30 months. On June 16, 2004, the Company expanded its agreement with Ness whereby Ness consultants are providing staffing for certain consulting projects. This amended agreement is cancelable at the Company’s option, subject to the payment of a cancellation fee of approximately $0.1 million. On March 15, 2005, and January 30, 2006, the Company further expanded its agreement with Ness whereby Ness is providing certain additional technical and consulting services. The additional agreements can be cancelled at the option of the Company. Remaining minimum purchase commitments under these agreement were approximately $0.3 million at March 31, 2006.

NOTE 6—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In August 2005, the Company entered into a service provider agreement with Infogain Corporation. Samuel T. Spadafora, one of our directors and executive officers, is also a director of Infogain. Pursuant to the service provider agreement, revenue from Infogain was $0.1 million for three months and six months ended March 31, 2006. Accounts receivable as of March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005 were less than $0.1 million. Payments to Infogain Corporation for the six months ended March 31, 2006 were $0.1 million, and the corresponding accounts payable at March 31, 2006 were $0.1 million.

In January 2005, Charles E. Hoffman became a director of the Company. Mr. Hoffman is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Covad Communications Group, Inc. (“Covad”), a customer of ours. Pursuant to software license and services agreements, revenue from Covad was $0.1 million for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006. Revenue from Covad was approximately $0.1 million and $0.6 million for three and six months ended March 31, 2005. Accounts receivable as of March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005 were approximately $0.3 million and zero, respectively.

In January 2005, David A. Weymouth became a director of the Company. Mr. Weymouth was the Corporate Responsibility Director of Barclay’s Group, a customer of ours. Pursuant to software license agreements, software maintenance agreements, and professional services agreements, revenue from Barclay’s Group was approximately $0.4 million and $6.0 million for the three and

 

16


Table of Contents

six months ended March 31, 2005. Accounts receivable as of March 31, 2005 were approximately $0.2 million. In July 2005, Mr. Weymouth terminated his relationship with Barclay’s Group and became an associate with Deloitte & Touche LLP, a provider of tax services to the Company during 2005.

NOTE 7—BORROWINGS

Revolving line of credit

Our line of credit with Comerica Bank, effective from March 28, 2003 and extended to March 7, 2008, was amended in March 2006 and is comprised of a $5.0 million credit line. The terms of the line of credit require us to (i) maintain our principal bank accounts with Comerica Bank, (ii) maintain a minimum quick ratio of 2.00 to 1.00, (iii) maintain a liquidity ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00, and (iv) subordinate any debt issuances subsequent to the effective date of the agreement, and certain other covenants. All assets of the Company have been pledged as collateral on the credit facility. As of March 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with the respective debt covenants.

The line of credit contains a provision for issuances of standby commercial letters of credit. As of March 31, 2006, we had utilized $1.4 million of the line of credit for standby commercial letters of credit limit of which $0.9 million serves as collateral for computer equipment leases for our outsourcing partner in India (see Notes 5 and 8). The line of credit also contains a provision for a sub-limit of up to $3.0 million for issuance of foreign exchange forward contracts. As of March 31, 2006, we did not have any outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts.

Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at the lending bank’s prime rate. As of March 31, 2006, there were no outstanding borrowings under the line of credit.

NOTE 8—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

We lease our facilities and some equipment under non-cancelable operating leases that expire on various dates through 2011. Rent expense is recognized on a straight line basis over the lease term. In addition, the Company has entered into non-cancelable capital leases having expiration dates through 2007. Future minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
   Operating
Sublease Income
    Net Operating
Leases

Fiscal year ended September 30:

         

2006 (remaining six months)

   $ 114     $ 1,679    $ (122 )   $ 1,557

2007

     97       3,202      —         3,202

2008

     —         2,771      —         2,771

2009

     —         1,980      —         1,980

2010

     —         1,061      —         1,061

Thereafter

     —         222      —         222
                             

Total minimum payments

   $ 211     $ 10,915    $ (122 )   $ 10,793
                       

Less: amount representing interest

     (7 )       
               

Present value of minimum lease payments

     204         

Less: current portion of capital lease obligations

     (204 )       
               

Capital lease obligations, non-current

   $ —           
               

Operating lease payments in the table above include approximately $3.3 million, net of sublease income receivable under existing subleases, for operating lease commitments for facilities that are included in restructuring charges. See Note 5, Restructuring, for a further discussion.

In conjunction with our agreement with Ness (see Notes 5 and 7), Ness may procure equipment to be used in performance of the Services, either through leasing arrangements or direct cash purchases, for which we are obligated under the agreement to reimburse them. In connection with the procurement of equipment, Ness has entered into a 36 month equipment lease agreement with IBM India and, in connection with the lease agreement we have issued a standby letter of credit in the amount of $0.9 million in guarantee of Ness’ financial commitments under the lease. Over the term of the lease, our obligation to reimburse Ness is approximately equal to the amount of the guarantee.

We have evaluated the obligation under the standby letter of credit and, pursuant to the requirements as set forth under FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” a $0.1 million liability equal to the estimated fair value of the guarantee was included in accrued expenses at March 31, 2006.

 

17


Table of Contents

Indemnification

As permitted under Delaware law, we have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers, directors and certain employees for certain events or occurrences while the employee, officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have a Director and Officer insurance policy that limits our exposure and may enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of our insurance policy coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2006.

We enter into standard indemnification agreements in our ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, we indemnify, defend, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally our business partners or customers, in connection with any patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to our products. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual after execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. We have never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2006.

We enter into arrangements with our business partners, whereby the business partners agree to provide services as subcontractors for our implementations. We may, at our discretion and in the ordinary course of business, subcontract the performance of any of our services. Accordingly, we enter into standard indemnification agreements with our customers, whereby we indemnify them for other acts, such as personal property damage, of our subcontractors. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have general and umbrella insurance policies that may enable us to recover a portion of any amounts paid. We have not incurred significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2006.

When, as part of an acquisition, we acquire all of the stock or all of the assets and liabilities of a company, we may assume the liability for certain events or occurrences that took place prior to the date of acquisition. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make for such obligations is undeterminable at this time. Accordingly, we have no amounts recorded for these contingent liabilities as of March 31, 2006.

We warrant that our software products will perform in all material respects in accordance with our standard published specifications and documentation in effect at the time of delivery of the licensed products to the customer for a specified period of time. Additionally, we warrant that our maintenance and consulting services will be performed consistent with generally accepted industry standards. If necessary, we would provide for the estimated cost of product and service warranties based on specific warranty claims and claim history, however, we have not incurred significant expense under our product or services warranties to date. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value on these warranties is minimal. Accordingly, we have no amounts recorded for these contingent liabilities as of March 31, 2006.

NOTE 9—LITIGATION

Beginning in July 2001, we and certain of our officers and directors (“Individuals”) were named as defendants in a series of class action shareholder complaints filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, now consolidated under the caption, In re Chordiant Software, Inc. Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, Case No. 01-CV-6222. In the amended complaint, filed in April 2002, the plaintiffs allege that we, the Individuals, and the underwriters of our initial public offering (“IPO”) violated section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 10(b) of the Exchange Act of 1934 based on allegations that the our registration statement and prospectus failed to disclose material facts regarding the compensation to be received by, and the stock allocation practices of, our IPO underwriters. The complaint also contains claims against the Individuals for control person liability under Securities Act section 15 and Exchange Act section 20. The plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages and other relief. Similar complaints were filed in the same court against hundreds of other public companies (“Issuers”) that conducted IPO’s of their common stock in the late 1990s or in the year 2000 (collectively, the “IPO Lawsuits”).

In August 2001, all of the IPO Lawsuits were consolidated for pretrial purposes before United States Judge Shira Scheindlin of the Southern District of New York. In July 2002, we joined in a global motion to dismiss the IPO Lawsuits

 

18


Table of Contents

filed by all of the Issuers (among others). In October 2002, the Court entered an order dismissing the Individuals from the IPO Cases without prejudice, pursuant to an agreement tolling the statute of limitations with respect to the Individuals. In February 2003, the court issued a decision denying the motion to dismiss the Section 11 claims against Chordiant and almost all of the other Issuers and denying the motion to dismiss the Section 10(b) claims against Chordiant and many of the Issuers.

In June 2003, Issuers and plaintiffs reached a tentative settlement agreement that would, among other things, result in the dismissal with prejudice of all claims against the Issuers and Individuals in the IPO Lawsuits, and the assignment to plaintiffs of certain potential claims that the Issuers may have against the underwriters. The tentative settlement also provides that, in the event that plaintiffs ultimately recover less than a guaranteed sum of $1 billion from the IPO underwriters, plaintiffs would be entitled to payment by each participating Issuer’s insurer of a pro rata share of any shortfall in the plaintiffs’ guaranteed recovery. In September 2003, in connection with the possible settlement, those Individuals who had entered tolling agreements with plaintiffs (described above) agreed to extend those agreements so that they would not expire prior to any settlement being finalized. In June 2004, Chordiant and almost all of the other Issuers entered into a formal settlement agreement with the plaintiffs. On February 15, 2005, the Court issued a decision certifying a class action for settlement purposes, and granting preliminary approval of the settlement subject to modification of certain bar orders contemplated by the settlement. On August 31, 2005, the Court reaffirmed class certification and preliminary approval of the modified settlement in a comprehensive Order, and directed that Notice of the settlement be published and mailed to class members beginning November 15, 2005. On February 24, 2006, the Court dismissed litigation filed against certain underwriters in connection with the claims to be assigned to the plaintiffs under the settlement. On April 24, 2006, the Court held a Final Fairness Hearing to determine whether to grant final approval of the settlement. A decision is expected this summer 2006. If this settlement is not finalized as proposed, then this action may divert the efforts and attention of our management and, if determined adversely to us, could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are also subject to various other claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The ultimate disposition of these various other claims and legal actions is not expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties.

NOTE 10—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”) was approved at the annual meeting on September 27, 2005. The 2005 Plan replaces the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”) and provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock purchase awards, restricted stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation (collectively, the “stock awards”). The option price shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant and that no portion may be exercised beyond ten years from that date. Under the 2005 Plan, stock options generally vest over a period of four years in equal monthly installments with 25% of the shares vesting after one year, and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining three years. Stock option grant agreements allow for the early exercise of options granted to employees. Exercised but unvested shares are subject to repurchase by us at the initial exercise price. Beginning September 27, 2005, no additional stock awards will be granted under the 1999 Plan. Shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options or settlement of stock awards under the 1999 Plan of approximately 1,242,000 shares were added to the share reserve of the 2005 Plan and, as of September 27, 2005, became available for issuance pursuant to stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan. All outstanding stock awards granted under the 1999 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 1999 Plan, except that the Board may elect to extend one or more of the features of the 2005 Plan to stock awards granted under the 1999 Plan. Any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 1999 Plan that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement shall be added to the share reserve of the 2005 Plan and become available for issuance pursuant to stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan increases the number of shares available for issuance by 5,500,000 shares of common stock from an aggregate total of approximately 1,242,000 shares available under the 1999 Plan as of September 27, 2005, resulting in an aggregate of approximately 6,742,000 shares available for future grant and issuance under the 2005 Plan. As of March 31, 2006, there were approximately 4.6 million shares reserved for future issuance and approximately 7.7 million shares that were outstanding under the 2005 Plan.

2000 Nonstatutory Equity Incentive Plan

In March of 2000 the Board adopted the 2000 Nonstatutory Equity Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”). Stockholder approval of this plan is not required and has not been obtained by us. The 2000 Plan was in effect as of March 31, 2003. In April 2002 and October 2002, the Board approved increases to the number of shares reserved under the 2000 Plan from 900,000 shares to 2,400,000 shares and then to 4,400,000 shares, also without stockholder approval as such approval was not required by the 2000 Plan or by applicable law. The 2000 Plan does not have a termination date, and will continue indefinitely until suspended or terminated by the Board. The 2000 Plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and the issuance of restricted stock and stock bonuses to our employees (other than officers, directors, or beneficial owners of ten percent (10%) or more of our common stock) and consultants who meet certain eligibility requirements.

 

19


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2006, there were approximately 2.1 million shares subject to outstanding stock option grants, approximately 26,500 shares of unvested restricted stock, and approximately 0.2 million shares available for future grant and issuance (plus any shares that might be returned to the 2000 Plan in the future as a result of cancellations or expirations of granted options and the repurchase of unvested restricted stock and stock bonuses). The terms and price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2000 Plan are determined by the Board (or a committee of the Board) and are set forth in each optionee’s option agreement. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2000 Plan has been 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, and the term of the options has been ten years. Generally, stock options under the 2000 Plan vest over a period of four years in equal monthly installments with 25% of the shares vesting after one year, and the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the remaining three years. In the future, stock options may have the same or different vesting terms as determined by the Board (or a committee of the Board). The Board (or a committee of the Board) sets the terms of stock bonuses and rights to purchase restricted stock.

1999 Equity Incentive Plan

The 1999 Plan provides for the grant to employees of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and for grants to employees, directors and consultants of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights. Unless terminated sooner, the 1999 Plan will terminate automatically in 2009. The option price shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant and no portion may be exercised beyond ten years from that date. Under the 1999 Plan, stock options vest over a period that is limited to five years, but are typically granted with a four-year vesting period. Each option outstanding under the 1999 Plan may be exercised in whole or in part at any time. Exercised but unvested shares are subject to repurchase by us at the initial exercise price. As of September 27, 2005, approximately 1,242,000 available shares under the 1999 Plan were added to the share reserve of the 2005 Plan. No additional stock options will be granted under the 1999 Plan subsequent to September 27, 2005. Any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the 1999 Plan that expire or terminate for any reason prior to the exercise or settlement are added to the share reserve of the 2005 Plan and become available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

1999 Non-Employee Directors’ Option Plan

The 1999 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors and became effective on the date of the initial public offering. The Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan provides for the automatic grant of a nonstatutory option to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock to each new non-employee director who becomes a director after the date of our initial public offering on the date that such person becomes a director. Each current and future non-employee director will automatically be granted an additional nonstatutory option to purchase 7,500 shares on the day after each of our annual meetings of the stockholders. Each director who is a member of a board committee will automatically be granted an additional nonstatutory option to purchase 5,000 shares on the day after each of our annual meetings of the stockholders. As of March 31, 2006, approximately 1.2 million shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance and 0.3 million are outstanding under the director plan. The amount reserved under the 1999 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan automatically increases on October 1st of each year by the greater of (1) 0.5% outstanding shares on such date or (2) the number of shares subject to stock awards made under this plan during the prior twelve month period. However, the automatic increase is subject to reduction by the Board of Directors. Under the terms of the plan, option prices shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant and no portion may be exercised beyond ten years from that date.

1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The 1999 ESPP was adopted by the Board of Directors and became effective on February 14, 2000, the date of our initial public offering. Eligible employees can have up to 15% of their earnings withheld to be used to purchase shares of our Common Stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the commencement date of each six-month offering period or the specified purchase date. There were no purchases of common stock under the ESPP for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, as the plan is currently suspended. At March 31, 2006, approximately 3,558,000 shares are available for future issuances under this plan.

 

20


Table of Contents

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option and restricted stock activity under our stock option plans (in thousands, except per share data):

 

           Options Outstanding
     Shares Available
for Grant
    Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Balance at September 30, 2005

   8,119     8,461     $2.28

Authorized

   304     —       —  

Options granted

   (3,474 )   3,474     3.06

Restricted stock granted

   (125 )   —       —  

Options exercised

   —       (449 )   1.61

Cancellation of unvested restricted stock

   5     —       —  

Options cancelled

   1,254     (1,223 )   3.01
              

Balance at March 31, 2006

   6,083     10,263     $2.48
              

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2006 (in thousands, except exercise prices and per share data):

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable    Options Vested

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Closing
Price at
03/31/2006

of $3.49

  

Number

Exercisable

   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Closing
Price at
03/31/2006

of $3.49

$0.14–0.97

   1,460    4.52    $ 0.72    $ 4,046    1,425    $ 0.72    $ 3,949

1.00–1.64

   1,688    7.48      1.28      3,738    1,079      1.20      2,469

1.67–2.60

   1,811    7.39      2.04      2,622    1,354      1.95      2,087

2.65–2.99

   1,824    8.58      2.86      1,141    556      2.80      381

3.00–3.31

   1,666    9.54      3.15      568    153      3.13      55

3.34–6.42

   1,694    8.21      4.21      50    873      4.51      3

6.45–18.00

   120    5.12      7.74      —      120      7.74      —  
                                

$0.14–18.00

   10,263    7.66    $ 2.48    $ 12,165    5,560    $ 1.95    $ 8,944
                                

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $3.49 as of March 31, 2006, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable as of March 31, 2006 was approximately 4,586,000. As of March 31, 2006, approximately 10,263,000 outstanding options were exercisable, and the weighted average exercise price was $2.48. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 was $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively, and $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million for the three and six months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. The fair value of options vested was $0.6 million and $2.0 million for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, respectively, and $0.6 million and $2.2 million for the three and six months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. As of March 31, 2006, total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options was $3.2 million, which is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 17 months.

We had 1.5 million restricted stock awards outstanding as of March 31, 2006, which were excluded from the preceding tables. The total fair value at grant date was $3.3 million. Aggregate intrinsic value of the restricted stock awards at March 31, 2006 was $5.4 million. The total non-vested restricted stock awards as of March 31, 2006 was 1.5 million shares. During the three months ended March 31, 2006, approximately 0.2 million shares vested related to restricted stock awards. There were 125,000 shares of restricted stock awarded during the three months and six months ended March 31, 2006. The weighted average fair value at grant date of the outstanding unvested restricted stock awards was $2.15 as of March 31, 2006. As of March 31, 2006, total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested restricted stock awards was $0.8 million which is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 12 months.

We settle stock option exercises and restricted stock awards with newly issued common shares.

 

21


Table of Contents

Valuation and Expense Information under SFAS 123(R)

On October 1, 2005, we adopted SFAS 123(R), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to the Company’s employees and directors including employee stock options, restricted stock awards and employee stock purchases related to the ESPP based on estimated fair values. The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options and restricted stock awards for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, which was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Six Months Ended March 31,
    

2006

(under SFAS
123(R))

  

2005

(under SFAS
123 /

APB 25)

  

2006

(under SFAS
123(R))

  

2005

(under SFAS
123 / APB
25)

Stock-based compensation expense:

           

Cost of revenues - service

   $ 56    $ 253    $ 81    $ 242

Sales and marketing

     593      277      1,286      272

Research and development

     67      305      124      302

General and administrative

     383      154      665      142
                           

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,099    $ 989    $ 2,156    $ 958
                           

The table below reflects net loss and basic and diluted net loss per share as if the fair value recognition provision of SFAS 123 had been applied for the three and six months ended March 31, 2005 as follows (in thousands except per-share amounts):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2005
    Six Months Ended
March 31, 2005
 

Net loss—as reported (restated)

   $ (6,430 )   $ (10,622 )

Add: Stock-based compensation included in reported net loss

     989       958  

Less: Stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value method

     (1,022 )     (2,320 )
                

Net loss—pro forma

   $ (6,463 )   $ (11,984 )
                

Basic and diluted net loss per share—as reported

   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.14 )
                

Basic and diluted net loss per share—pro forma

   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.16 )
                

Weighted average shares

     74,745       73,464  
                

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the value of each employee stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model for the purpose of the pro forma financial disclosures in accordance with SFAS 123.

The weighted-average estimated fair value of stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 was $2.05 and $1.30 per share, respectively, and for the six months ended March 31, 2006 was $2.01 and $1.31, respectively, using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
    Six Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Expected lives in years

   3.9     3.0     3.9     2.5  

Risk free interest rates

   4.8 %   3.3 %   4.8 %   3.0 %

Volatility

   89 %   80 %   89 %   88 %

Dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the weighted-average assumptions for volatility, expected term, and risk free rate. With the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005, we used the trinomial lattice valuation technique to determine the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model. The trinomial lattice valuation technique was used to provide better estimate of fair values and meet the fair value objectives of SFAS 123(R). The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect during the corresponding period of grant. The expected volatility is a blended rate based on both the historical volatility of our stock price and the volatility of certain peer company stock prices.

 

22


Table of Contents

As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the first quarter of fiscal 2006 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Our estimated forfeiture rate for the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 was based on our historical forfeiture experience. In the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS 123 for the period prior to fiscal 2006 including the three and six months ended March 31, 2005, we accounted for forfeitures as they occurred. For options granted prior to October 1, 2005 and valued in accordance with FAS 123, the expected life and expected volatility of the stock options were based upon historical data. Forfeitures of employee stock options were accounted for on an as-incurred basis.

Accuracy of Fair Value Estimates

We use third-party analyses to assist in developing the assumptions based on a trinomial lattice valuation technique used in the Black-Scholes model. We are responsible for determining the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of share-based payment awards.

Our determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. Because the Company’s employee stock options have certain characteristics that are significantly different from traded options, and because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in management’s opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of the Company’s employee stock options and restricted stock awards. Although the fair value of employee stock options and restricted stock awards is determined in accordance with SFAS 123(R) and SAB 107 using an option-pricing model, that value may not be indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market transaction.

NOTE 11—SEGMENT INFORMATION

Our chief operating decision maker reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by desegregated information about revenues by geographic regions for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, we have concluded that we have one reportable segment.

The following table summarizes license revenues by product emphasis (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Six Months Ended March 31,
     2006    2005    2006    2005

License revenue:

           

Enterprise solutions

   $ 12,007    $ 6,148    $ 16,364    $ 14,347

Marketing solutions

     1,021      587      4,540      1,230

Decision management solutions

     178      224      1,428      224
                           
   $ 13,206    $ 6,959    $ 22,332    $ 15,801
                           

The following table summarizes services revenues consisting of consulting assistance and implementation, customization and integration and post-contract customer support, training and certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses by product emphasis (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Six Months Ended March 31,
     2006    2005    2006    2005

Service revenue:

           

Enterprise solutions

   $ 8,575    $ 9,445    $ 18,398    $ 19,810

Marketing solutions

     3,322      2,573      6,415      5,043

Decision management solutions

     1,170      194      1,686      194
                           
   $ 13,067    $ 12,212    $ 26,499    $ 25,047
                           

 

23


Table of Contents

Foreign revenues are based on the country in which the customer is located. The following is a summary of total revenues by geographic area (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Six Months Ended March 31,
     2006    2005    2006    2005

North America

   $ 19,256    $ 10,932    $ 32,104    $ 19,063

Europe

     7,017      8,239      16,727      21,785
                           
   $ 26,273    $ 19,171    $ 48,831    $ 40,848
                           

Property and equipment information is based on the physical location of the assets. The following is a summary of property and equipment by geographic area (in thousands):

 

     March 31,
2006
  

September 30,

2005

North America

   $ 1,640    $ 1,579

Europe

     806      900
             
   $ 2,446    $ 2,479
             

 

24


Table of Contents

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report and the 2005 audited financial statements and notes thereto included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2005 filed with the SEC on December 9, 2005. Operating results are not necessarily indicative of results that may occur in future periods.

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our business and our industry, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s results, levels of activity, performance or achievement to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied in or contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “estimate,” “predict,” “guidance,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, identify forward-looking statements. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to, those discussed under the subheading “Risk Factors” and those discussed elsewhere in this report, in our other SEC filings and under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our 2005 Form 10-K. Chordiant undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events after the date of this report.

Overview

As an enterprise software vendor, we generate substantially all of our revenues from the financial services and telecommunications industries. Our customers typically fund purchases of our software and services out of their lines of business and information technology budgets. As a result, our revenues are heavily influenced by our customers’ long-term business outlook and willingness to invest in new enterprise information systems and business applications.

Beginning in late calendar 2000, the financial services and telecommunications industries entered into a steep and long economic downturn, with industry sales dropping from late 2000 through the first part of 2003. Over the past several years, our customers have focused on controlling costs and reducing risk, including constraining information technology and lines of business expenditures and requiring more favorable pricing terms from their suppliers and pursuing consolidation within their own industries. As a result of this downturn, our license fee revenues declined 19% in fiscal 2003.

Beginning in the latter part of 2003, economic conditions began to show signs of improvement, which were reflected in increases in various economic indicators such as productivity, labor statistics and consumer confidence. This trend has continued through our fiscal year 2005 and appears to have had a favorable impact, specifically in information technology spending. For the three months and six ended March 31, 2006, total revenues increased 37% and 20%, respectively, from the three and six months ended March 31, 2005. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2005, total revenues also increased approximately 4% from the twelve months ended September 30, 2004.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

On October 1, 2005, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“SFAS 123(R)”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to our employees and directors related to employee stock options (“employee stock purchases”) based on estimated fair values. Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $1.1 million which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options of $0.5 million and stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards of $0.6 million. Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the six months ended March 31, 2006 was $2.2 million which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options of $0.9 million and stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards of $1.3 million.

Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), we began estimating the value of employee stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the value of each employee stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model for the purpose of the pro forma financial information in accordance with SFAS 123. The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. The use of a Black-Scholes model requires the use of extensive actual employee exercise behavior data and the use of a number of complex assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rates and expected dividend yields. The weighted-average estimated value of employee stock options granted during

 

25


Table of Contents

the three and six months ended March 31, 2006 was $2.05 and $2.01 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Expected lives in years

   3.9     3.0     3.9     2.5  

Risk free interest rates

   4.8 %   3.3 %   4.8 %   3.0 %

Volatility

   89 %   80 %   89 %   88 %

Dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the weighted average assumptions for volatility, expected term and risk-free rate. With the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005, we used the trinomial lattice valuation technique to determine the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model. The trinomial lattice valuation technique was used to provide better estimate of fair values and meet the fair value objectives of SFAS 123( R). The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect during the corresponding period of grant. The expected volatility is a blended rate based on both the historical volatility of our stock price and the volatility of certain peer company stock prices.

As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the condensed consolidated statement of operations for three and six months of fiscal 2006 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of SFAS 123(R) in future periods, the compensation expense that we record under SFAS 123(R) may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period.

Financial Trends

Backlog. An increasingly material portion of our revenues has been derived from large orders, as major customers deployed our products. As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately $34.6 million in backlog, which we define as non-cancelable contractual commitments by our customers through purchase orders or contracts. Backlog is comprised of:

 

    current software license orders which have not been accepted by customers or have not otherwise met all of the required criteria for revenue recognition. This component includes both unbilled amounts plus billed amounts classified as deferred revenue;

 

    deferred revenue from customer support contracts;

 

    consulting service orders representing the unbilled remaining balances of consulting contracts not yet completed or delivered, plus deferred consulting revenue; and

 

    education orders for services not yet completed or delivered.

Backlog is not necessarily indicative of revenues to be recognized in a specified future period and is generally recognizable as revenue within a twelve month period. There are many factors that would impact Chordiant’s conversion of backlog as recognizable revenue, such as Chordiant’s progress in completing projects for its customers, Chordiant’s customers’ meeting anticipated schedules for customer-dependent deliverables and customers increasing the scope or duration of a contract causing license revenue to be deferred for a longer period of time.

Chordiant provides no assurances that any portion of its backlog will be recognized as revenue during any fiscal year or at all or that its backlog will be recognized as revenues in any given period. In addition, it is possible that customers from whom we expect to derive revenue from backlog will default and as a result we may not be able to recognize expected revenue from backlog.

 

26


Table of Contents

Product Development. Chordiant has entered into several product co-development arrangements with its customers. These projects relate to software products that were in various stages of development prior to the consummation of the individual arrangements. Upon the completion of the software, the Company intends to license these products to other customers. License revenue relating to these arrangements will be deferred until the delivery of the final products, provided all other requirements of SOP 97-2 are met. Expenses associated with these co-development arrangements are expensed as incurred as they are considered to be research and development costs that do not qualify for capitalization or deferral. The accounting for these transactions differs from the percentage of completion method, as expenses are recognized in the period incurred and no revenue is recognized until the final product is delivered. As of March 31, 2006, license fees aggregating approximately $7.3 million associated with these arrangements had been deferred. We expect that research and development costs will increase as the number of co-development projects increase.

Gross margins. Management focuses on license and service gross margin in evaluating our financial condition and operating performance. Gross margins on license revenues were 96% and 97% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and 96% and 98% for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in gross margins is primarily related to the amortization expense associated with capitalized software development costs pertaining to a banking product. We expect license gross margin on current products to range from 94% to 98% in the foreseeable future. The margin will fluctuate with the mix of products sold, with certain of the enterprise solution products having higher associated royalties payable to third parties and the marketing solution and decision management products having minimal associated royalties. The banking product that was completed during the year ended September 30, 2005 also has higher royalties than other products.

Gross margins on service revenues were 40% and 38% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and 46% and 40% for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. During the six months ended March 31, 2005, higher cost consultants, primarily based in Europe, were utilized for service delivery projects. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, the use of these resources were reduced and the staffing of projects included more resources from our service provider, Ness. Service gross margins also improved due to higher aggregate post-contract customer support revenues. We expect that gross margins on service revenues may decline in the near term as historically billable resources are deployed on non-billable co-development arrangements. Margins are also negatively impacted during, and immediately following, periods in which service department headcounts increase, as resources are not immediately billable.

Service revenues. Service revenues as a percentage of total revenues were 50% and 64% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and 54% and 61% for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We expect that service revenues will continue to represent approximately 50% of our total revenues in the foreseeable future.

Revenues from international customers versus North America revenues. For all periods presented, revenues were principally derived from customer accounts in North America and Europe. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, international revenues were $7.0 million and $8.2 million, or approximately 27% and 43% of our total revenues, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, international revenues were $16.7 million and $21.8 million, or approximately 34% and 53% of our total revenues, respectively We believe international revenues will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenues in future periods.

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, North America revenues were $19.3 million and $10.9 million, or approximately 73% and 57% of our total revenues, respectively. For the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, North America revenues were $32.1 million and $19.1 million, or approximately 66% and 47% of our total revenues, respectively. As the U.S. economy has strengthened, we have seen an increase in North America revenues. We believe North America revenues will continue to represent an increasing portion of our total revenues in future year-to-date periods.

Costs related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Significant professional services are included in general and administrative costs relating with efforts to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, these costs were $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2005, these costs were $1.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively. We expect these costs to continue for the year ended September 30, 2006. While these costs are expected to decline as compared to the costs incurred for the year ended September 30, 2005, the level and timing of the decline is uncertain.

Past results may not be indicative of future performance. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as indicative of future performance. Our prospects must be considered given the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in early stages of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving businesses. There can be no assurance we will be successful in addressing these risks and difficulties. Moreover, we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

27


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.

On an on-going basis, we evaluate the estimates, including those related to our allowance for doubtful accounts, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, the valuation of deferred tax assets, restructuring costs, contingencies, vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value in multiple element arrangements and the estimates associated with the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for certain of our revenue contracts. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting judgments and estimates are used in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements:

 

    Revenue recognition, including estimating the total estimated time required to complete sales arrangements involving significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products;

 

    Estimating valuation allowances and accrued liabilities, specifically the allowance for doubtful accounts, and the assessment of the probability of the outcome of our current litigation;

 

    Accounting for income taxes;

 

    Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill;

 

    Stock-based compensation expense;

 

    Restructuring costs; and

 

    Determining functional currencies for the purposes of consolidating our international operations.

Revenue recognition. We derive revenues from licenses of our software and related services, which include assistance in implementation, customization and integration, post-contract customer support, training and consulting. The amount and timing of our revenue is difficult to predict and any shortfall in revenue or delay in recognizing revenue could cause our operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter and could result in increased operating losses. The accounting rules related to revenue recognition are complex and are affected by interpretation of the rules and an understanding of industry practices, both of which are subject to change. Consequently, the revenue recognition accounting rules require management to make significant judgments.

Software license revenue is recognized in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2 “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended by Statement of Position No. 98-9 “Software Revenue Recognition with Respect to Certain Arrangements” (collectively “SOP 97-2”).

For arrangements with multiple elements, we recognize revenue for services and post-contract customer support based upon VSOE of fair value of the respective elements. VSOE of fair value for the services element is based upon the standard hourly rates we charge for the services when such services are sold separately. The VSOE of fair value for annual post-contract customer support is generally established with the contractual future renewal rates included in the contracts when the renewal rate is substantive and consistent with the fees when support services are sold separately. When contracts contain multiple elements and VSOE of fair value exists for all undelivered elements, we account for the delivered elements, principally the license portion, based upon the “residual method” as prescribed by SOP 97-2. In multiple element transactions where VSOE is not established for an undelivered element, we recognize revenue upon the establishment of VSOE for that element or when the element is delivered.

 

28


Table of Contents

At the time we enter into a transaction, we assess whether any services included within the arrangement require us to perform significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products.

For contracts for products that do not involve significant implementation or customization essential to the product functionality, we recognize license revenues when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the fee is probable and delivery has occurred as prescribed by SOP No. 97-2.

For contracts that involve significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products, we recognize the license and professional consulting services revenue using either the percentage-of-completion method or the completed contract method as prescribed by Statement of Position No. 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Product-Type Contracts” (“SOP 81-1”).

The percentage-of-completion method is applied when we have the ability to make reasonable dependable estimates of the total effort required for completion using labor hours incurred as the measure of progress towards completion. The progress toward completion is measured based on the “go-live” date. We define the “go-live” date as the date the essential product functionality has been delivered or the application enters into a production environment or the point at which no significant additional Chordiant supplied professional services resources are required. Estimates are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. We account for the changes as changes in accounting estimates when the information becomes known. Information impacting estimates obtained after the balance sheet date but before the issuance of the financial statements is used to update the estimates. Provisions for estimated contract losses, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. When we sell additional licenses related to the original licensing agreement, revenue is recognized upon delivery if the project has reached the go-live date, or if the project has not reached the go-live date, revenue is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. We classify revenues from these arrangements as license and service revenues based upon the estimated fair value of each element.

The completed contract method is applied when we are unable to obtain reasonable dependable estimates of the total effort required for completion. Under the completed contract method, all revenue and related costs of revenue are deferred and recognized upon completion.

For product co-development arrangements relating to software products in development prior to the consummation of the individual arrangements, where the Company retains the intellectual property being developed, and intends to sell the resulting products to other customers, license revenue is deferred until the delivery of the final product, provided all other requirements of SOP 97-2 are met. Expenses associated with these co-development arrangements are normally expensed as incurred as they are considered to be research and development costs that do not qualify for capitalization or deferral.

Revenue from subscription or term license agreements, which include software, rights to unspecified future products and maintenance, is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period. Revenue from subscription or term license agreements, which include software, but exclude rights to unspecified future products or maintenance, is recognized upon delivery of the software if the related agreement is non-cancelable, non-refundable and provided on an unsupported basis.

In situations in which we are obligated to provide unspecified additional software products in the future, we recognize revenue as a subscription ratably over the term of the commitment period.

Revenues generated from fees charged to customers for providing transaction processing are recognized as revenue in the same period as the related transactions occur.

We recognize revenue for post-contract customer support ratably over the support periods which have historically ranged from one to three years.

Our training and consulting services revenues are recognized as such services are performed on an hourly or daily basis for time and material contracts. For consulting services arrangements with a fixed fee, we recognize revenue on the proportional performance method.

For all sales we use either a signed license agreement or a binding purchase order where we have a master license agreement as evidence of an arrangement. Sales through our third party systems integrators are evidenced by a master agreement governing the relationship together with binding purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis. Revenues from reseller arrangements are recognized on the “sell-through” method, when the reseller reports to us the sale of our software products to end-users. Our agreements with customers and resellers do not contain product return rights.

We assess collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We generally do not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection of a fee is not probable, we defer the fee and recognize revenue at the time collection becomes probable, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

 

29


Table of Contents

Allowance for doubtful accounts. We must make estimates of the uncollectability of our accounts receivables. We specifically analyze accounts receivable and analyze historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness and current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Generally, we require no collateral from our customers. Our net accounts receivable balance was $16.5 million with an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.3 million as of March 31, 2006. Our net accounts receivable balance was $19.0 million with an allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million as of September 30, 2005. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.

Accounting for income taxes. As part of the process of preparing our condensed consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our condensed consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations.

We have recorded a valuation allowance equal to 100% of the deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2006, due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize our net deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of certain net operating losses carried forward and foreign tax credits. Deferred tax assets have been fully reserved for in all periods presented.

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill. We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Furthermore, we assess the impairment of goodwill annually. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 

    Significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;

 

    Significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business;

 

    Significant negative industry or economic trends;

 

    Significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period;

 

    Market capitalization declines relative to net book value; and

 

    A current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.

When one or more of the above indicators of impairment occurs we estimate the value of long-lived assets and intangible assets to determine whether there is impairment. We measure any impairment based on the projected discounted cash flow method, which requires us to make several estimates including the estimated cash flows associated with the asset, the period over which these cash flows will be generated and a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model. These estimates are subjective and if we made different estimates, it could materially impact the estimated fair value of these assets and the conclusions we reached regarding impairment. To date, we have not identified any triggering events which would require us to perform this analysis.

We are required to perform an impairment review of our goodwill balance on at least an annual basis. This impairment review involves a two-step process as follows:

Step 1—We compare the fair value of our reporting units to the carrying value, including goodwill, of each of those units. For each reporting unit where the carrying value, including goodwill, exceeds the unit’s fair value, we proceed on to Step 2. If a unit’s fair value exceeds the carrying value, no further work is performed and no impairment charge is necessary.

Step 2—We perform an allocation of the fair value of the reporting unit to our identifiable tangible and non-goodwill intangible assets and liabilities. This derives an implied fair value for the reporting unit’s goodwill. We then compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of its goodwill, an impairment charge would be recognized for the excess. We determined that we have one reporting unit. We completed a goodwill impairment review for

 

30


Table of Contents

the period including September 30, 2005 and performed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment analysis required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of September 30, 2005 using the methodology described above. Accordingly, Step 2 was not performed. We will continue to test for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying amount.

Stock-based Compensation Expense. Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005, we began estimating the value of employee stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the value of each employee stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model for the purpose of the pro forma financial disclosure in accordance with SFAS 123. The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The expected volatility is a blended rate based on both the historical volatility of our stock price and the volatility of certain peer company stock prices.

With the adoption of SFAS 123(R) on October 1, 2005, we used the trinomial lattice valuation technique to determine the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model. The trinomial lattice valuation technique was used to provide better estimates of fair values and meet the fair value objectives of SFAS 123(R).

Restructuring costs. During fiscal years 2004 and 2003, we implemented cost-reduction plans as part of our continued effort to streamline our operations to reduce ongoing operating expenses. These plans resulted in restructuring charges related to, among others, the consolidation of excess facilities. These charges relate to facilities and portions of facilities we no longer utilize and either seek to terminate early or sublease. Lease termination costs and brokerage fees for the abandoned facilities were estimated for the remaining lease obligations and were offset by estimated sublease income. Estimates related to sublease costs and income are based on assumptions regarding the period required to locate and contract with suitable sub-lessees and sublease rates which can be achieved using market trend information analyses provided by a commercial real estate brokerage retained by us. Each reporting period we review these estimates and to the extent that these assumptions change due to new agreements with landlords, new subleases with tenants, or changes in the market, the ultimate restructuring expenses for these abandoned facilities could vary by material amounts.

Determining functional currencies for the purpose of consolidation. We have several foreign subsidiaries that together account for a significant portion of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities.

In preparing our condensed consolidated financial statements, we are required to translate the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries from the currency in which they keep their accounting records, generally the local currency, into United States dollars. This process results in exchange gains and losses which, under the relevant accounting guidance are either included within the statement of operations or as a separate part of our net equity under the caption “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” Under the relevant accounting guidance, the treatment of these translation gains or losses is dependent upon our management’s determination of the functional currency of each subsidiary. The functional currency is determined based on management’s judgment and involves consideration of all relevant economic facts and circumstances affecting the subsidiary. Generally, the currency in which the subsidiary conducts a majority of its transactions, including billings, financing, payroll and other expenditures would be considered the functional currency but any dependency upon the parent and the nature of the subsidiary’s operations must also be considered.

If any subsidiary’s functional currency were deemed to be the local currency, then any gain or loss associated with the translation of that subsidiary’s financial statements would be included in cumulative translation adjustments. However, if the functional currency were deemed to be the United States dollar then any gain or loss associated with the translation of these financial statements would be included within our statement of operations. If we dispose of any of our subsidiaries, any cumulative translation gains or losses would be recognized in our statement of operations. If we determine that there has been a change in the functional currency of a subsidiary to the United States dollar, any translation gains or losses arising after the date of change would be included within our statement of operations.

Based on our assessment of the factors discussed above, we consider the relevant subsidiary’s local currency to be the functional currency for each of our international subsidiaries. Accordingly, foreign currency translation gains and loses are included as part of accumulated other comprehensive income within our balance sheet for all periods presented.

The magnitude of these gains or losses is dependent upon movements in the exchange rates of the foreign currencies in which we transact business against the United States dollar. These currencies include the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro and the Canadian Dollar. Any future translation gains or losses could be significantly higher than those reported in previous periods.

 

31


Table of Contents

Prior to June 30, 2005 the settlement of accumulated intercompany loans and advances was not planned or anticipated. Loans and advances made subsequent to this date are anticipated as cash balances may need to be transferred between entities. Exchange gains or losses on these intercompany balances are reflected in the statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. This statement was issued to simplify the accounting for servicing rights and to reduce the volatility that results from using different measurement attributes. We have evaluated the new statement and have determined that it will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results.

In February 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The statement was issued to clarify the application of FASB Statement No. 133 to beneficial interests in securitized financial assets and to improve the consistency of accounting for similar financial instruments, regardless of the form of the instruments. We have evaluated the new statement and have determined that it will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results.

In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS123(R)-3, Transition Election to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards. This FSP requires an entity to follow either the transition guidance for the additional-paid-in-capital pool as prescribed in SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, or the alternative transition method as described in the FSP. An entity that adopts SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application may make a one-time election to adopt the transition method described in this FSP. An entity may take up to one year from the later of its initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) or the effective date of this FSP to evaluate its available transition alternatives and make its one-time election. This FSP became effective in November 2005. We continue to evaluate the impact that the adoption of this FSP could have on our financial statements.

In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP FAS115-1/124-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, which addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The guidance in this FSP amends FASB Statements No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and No. 124, Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-for-Profit Organizations, and APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock. We have evaluated the new statement and have determined that it will not have a significant impact on the determination or reporting of our financial results.

In June, 2005, the FASB issued Statement No. 154 (“SFAS 154”), “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting principle. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principles were required to be recognized by way of a cumulative effect adjustment within net income during the period of the change. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period-specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005; however, the Statement does not change the transition provisions of any existing accounting pronouncements. The Company does not believe adoption of SFAS 154 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 47 (“FIN 47”), “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143.” FIN 47 requires asset retirement obligations to be recorded when a legal obligation exists even though the timing and/or method of the settlement of such obligations is conditional on a future event. FIN 47 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company is has evaluated the effect that the adoption of FIN 47 and it did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FSP 109-2 (“FSP 109-2”), “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creations Act of 2004.” FSP 109-2

 

32


Table of Contents

provides guidance under FASB Statement No. 109 (“SFAS 109”), “Accounting for Income Taxes,” with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act”) on enterprises’ income tax expense and deferred tax liability. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP 109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS 109. FSP 109-2 is effective for fiscal years after December 15, 2005. The Company has not yet completed evaluating the impact of the repatriation provisions, however it does not anticipate the adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, as provided for in FSP 109-2, we have not adjusted our tax expense or deferred tax liability to reflect the repatriation provisions of the Jobs Act.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues, unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated. This information has been derived from the condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended March 31,  
     2006     2005     2006     2005  
                 (restated)                 (restated)  

Statements of Operations Data:

            

Revenues:

                

License

   $ 13,206     50 %   $ 6,959     36 %   $ 22,332     46 %   $ 15,801     39 %

Service

     13,067     50       12,212     64       26,499     54       25,047     61  
                                                        

Total revenues

     26,273     100       19,171     100       48,831     100       40,848     100  
                                                        

Cost of revenues:

                

License

     518     2       198     1       961     2       364     1  

Service

     7,864     30       7,601     39       14,248     29       15,093     37  

Amortization of intangible assets

     303     1       331     2       606     1       462     1  
                                                        

Total cost of revenues

     8,685     33       8,130     42       15,815     32       15,919     39  
                                                        

Gross profit

     17,588     67       11,041     58       33,016     68       24,929     61  
                                                        

Operating expenses:

                

Sales and marketing

     8,732     33       7,155     37       16,836     35       14,364     35  

Research and development

     5,859     22       5,286     28       10,373     21       10,149     25  

General and administrative

     5,225     20       5,184     27       9,929     20       9,084     22  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —       —         93     1       —       —         117     —    

Restructuring expense (benefit)

     —       —         26     —         —       —         (97 )   —    

Purchased in-process research and development

     —       —         —       —         —       —         1,940     5  
                                                        

Total operating expenses

     19,816     75       17,744     93       37,138     76       35,557     87  
                                                        

Loss from operations

     (2,228 )   (8 )     (6,703 )   (35 )     (4,122 )   (8 )     (10,628 )   (26 )

Interest income, net

     281     1       182     1       480     1       392     1  

Other income (expense), net

     (31 )   —         166     1       87     —         (231 )   (1 )
                                                        

Loss before income taxes

     (1,978 )   (7 )     (6,355 )   (33 )     (3,555 )   (7 )     (10,467 )   (26 )

Provision for income taxes

     170     1       75     —         291     1       155     —    
                                                        

Net loss

   $ (2,148 )   (8 )%   $ (6,430 )   (33 )%   $ (3,846 )   (8 )%   $ (10,622 )   (26 )%
                                                        

 

33


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

Revenues

License. Total license revenue increased $6.2 million, or 90%, to $13.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $7.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to a $5.0 million four month term license sold during the three months ended March 31, 2006. This term license was negotiated with the customer as a single, discrete arrangement for purposes of evaluating and testing the software. At the conclusion of the license term, there are currently no assurances that any new agreements will be consummated with this customer. The $5.0 million term license is non-cancelable, non-refundable and provided on an un supported basis (no post-contract customer support); accordingly, revenue was recognized in full upon delivery of the software as there were no undelivered elements. Implementation services essential to the functionality of certain license agreements influence the timing and amount of revenue recognized in a given period often delaying the complete revenue recognition over several periods. License revenues for enterprise solutions increased $5.9 million, or 95%, to $12.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. License revenues for marketing solutions increased $0.4 million, or 74%, to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.6 million for three months ended March 31, 2005. License revenues for decision management solutions were $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005.

Service. Total service revenues, which include reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, increased $0.9 million, or 7%, to $13.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $12.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. This increase is primarily attributed to the completion and delivery of a co-development project within the quarter which allowed the recognition of deferred service revenue that began to accumulate during the three months ended December 31, 2005. Service revenues associated with enterprise solution products decreased $0.9 million, or 9%, to $8.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $9.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. Service revenues associated with marketing solution products increased $0.7 million, or 29%, to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. Service revenues associated with decision management solution products increased $1.0 million, or 503%, to $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Cost of revenues

License. Cost of license revenues increased $0.3 million, or 162%, to $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. These costs resulted in license gross margins of approximately 96% and 97% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Costs vary depending upon the mix of products sold; however, the $0.3 million increase is primarily due to the amortization expense associated with capitalized software development costs pertaining to a banking product. This product was completed and available for general release in August 2005. Quarterly amortization expense associated with this product is $0.2 million. Amortization of these costs is expected through 2008.

Service. Cost of service revenues increased $0.3 million, or 3 %, to $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. These costs resulted in service gross margins of 40% and 38% for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2006, service margins increased 2% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Amortization of intangible assets (included in cost of revenues). Amortization of intangible assets was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. On December 21, 2004, we recorded, and began to amortize, aggregate additions of $6.1 million of intangible assets related to the acquisition of KiQ. Amortization of intangible assets attributable to the acquisition of KiQ of $0.3 million per quarter will be expensed through December 2009. The amortization expense in the three months ended March 31, 2005 primarily related to intangibles associated with the 2002 acquisition of OnDemand. These intangible assets became fully amortized in March 2005.

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $1.6 million, or 22%, to $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $7.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The $1.6 million increase in these expenses was mainly attributable to increases of $0.3 million in stock-based compensation, $0.5 million in salaries and other personnel related costs, $0.4 million for the annual sales meeting, marketing, activities and $0.2 million in severance payments.

Research and development. Research and development expenses increased $0.6 million, or 11%, to $5.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. During the three

 

34


Table of Contents

months ended March 31, 2005, $0.4 million of salaries and fringe benefits were capitalized in connection with the development of a banking product. Therefore, adding back the capitalized costs results in an increase in research development costs of $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2005. This increase of $0.2 million is mainly attributed to an increase in consultant costs offset by a reduction in personnel costs. The development of the banking product was completed in July 2005 and no costs were capitalized during the three months ended March 31, 2006.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses were $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. The expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2006 included $0.6 million in severance expenses for two executive officers of the company and $0.3 million of expense associated with the buyout of a building lease, offset by a $1.0 million decrease for SOX and other financial consultants.

Stock-based compensation (included in individual operating expense and cost of revenue categories). Stock-based compensation allocated to operating expenses was $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 as compared to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, the aggregate stock-based compensation cost included in cost of revenues and in operating expenses was $1.1 million and primarily related to $0.5 million associated with employee stock options and $0.6 million associated with restricted stock awards. Also included in these costs for the three months ended March 31, 2006 were charges associated with stock-based compensation expense related to stock options accounted for under FAS123 (R).

The related functional breakdown of total stock-based compensation is outlined below (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,
     2006    2005

Stock-based compensation expense:

     

Cost of revenues - service

   $ 56    $ 253
             

Sales and marketing

     593      277

Research and development

     67      305

General and administrative

     383      154
             
     1,043      736
             

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,099    $ 989
             

Amortization of intangible assets (included in operating expenses). There was no amortization of intangible assets included in operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2006 compared to less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The amortization expense in the three months ended March 31, 2005 is mainly attributable to the intangible associated with the acquisition of Prime Response in March 2001 which was fully amortized as of September 30, 2005.

Restructuring expenses. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, as the earned portions of severed employee retention bonuses were paid, adjustments to previously recorded estimates were recorded, resulting in less than a $0.1 million expense. There were no restructuring expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Interest income, net

Interest income, net, consists primarily of interest income generated from our cash and cash equivalents offset by interest expense incurred in connection with outstanding borrowings and letters of credit. Interest income, net, was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Foreign exchange and other expenses, net

Realized foreign currency gains and losses and other non-operating income and expenses resulted in a net expense of less than $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and a net income of $0.2 million for the same period in the prior year. These gains and losses are primarily associated with our U.S. dollar account balances held in Europe and the U.S. dollar’s fluctuations in value against the Euro and U.K. Pound Sterling.

Provision for income taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These provisions are primarily attributable to taxes on earnings from our foreign subsidiaries and certain state taxes.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our deferred tax assets primarily consist of net operating loss carryforwards, nondeductible allowances and research and development tax credits. We have recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of our net deferred tax assets, as the future realization of the tax benefit is not considered by management to be more-likely-than-not.

Comparison of the Six Months Ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

Revenues

License. Total license revenue increased $6.5 million, or 41%, to $22.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $15.8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to a $5.0 million four month term license sold during the six months ended March 31, 2006. This term license was negotiated with the customer as a single, discrete arrangement for purposes of evaluating and testing the software. At the conclusion of the license term, there are currently no assurances that any new agreements will be consummated with this customer. The $5.0 million term license is non-cancelable, non-refundable and provided on an un supported basis (no post-contract customer support); accordingly, revenue was recognized in full upon delivery of the software as there were no undelivered elements. Implementation services essential to the functionality of certain license agreements influence the timing and amount of revenue recognized in a given period often delaying the complete revenue recognition over several periods. License revenues for enterprise solutions increased $2.0 million, or 14%, to $16.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $14.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. License revenues for marketing solutions increased $3.3 million, or 269%, to $4.5 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $1.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. License revenues for decision management solutions increased $1.2 million, or 537%, to $1.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005.

Service. Total service revenues, which include reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, increased $1.5 million, or 6%, to $26.5 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $25.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. This increase was due the timing of large customer implementations as well as maintenance, support and consulting revenues associated with license agreements entered into in current and prior periods. Service revenues associated with enterprise solution products decreased $1.4 million, or 7%, to $18.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $19.8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. Service revenues associated with marketing solution products increased $1.4 million, or 27%, to $6.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $5.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. Service revenues associated with decision management solutions increased $1.5 million, or 769%, to $1.7 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005.

Cost of revenues

License. Cost of license revenues increased $0.6 million, or 164%, to $1.0 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. These costs resulted in license gross margins of approximately 96% and 98% for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Costs vary depending upon the mix of products sold, however, the $0.6 million increase is primarily due to the amortization expense associated with capitalized software development costs pertaining to a banking product. This product was completed and available for general release in August 2005. Amortization expense associated with this product for the six months ended March 31, 2006 is $0.4 million. Amortization of these costs is expected through 2008.

Service. Cost of service revenues decreased $0.8 million, or 6%, to $14.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $15.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. These costs resulted in service gross margins of approximately 46% and 40 % for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The improvement in margin was partially due to a significant change in the mix of third party consulting resources used on projects. During the six months ended March 31, 2005, higher cost consultants, primarily based in Europe, were utilized. For the six months ended March 31, 2006, the use of these resources was minimal and the staffing of projects included more resources from our service provider, Ness.

Amortization of intangible assets (included in cost of revenues). Amortization of intangible assets was $0.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $0.5 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. On December 21, 2004, we recorded, and began to amortize, aggregate additions of $6.1 million of intangible assets related to the acquisition of KiQ. Amortization of intangible assets attributable to the acquisition of KiQ of $0.3 million per quarter will be expensed through December 2009. The amortization expense in the six months ended March 31, 2005 primarily related to intangibles associated with the 2002 acquisition of OnDemand. These intangible assets became fully amortized in March 2005.

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.5 million, or 17%, to $16.8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $14.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. The $2.5 million increase in

 

36


Table of Contents

these expenses was mainly attributable to increases of $1.0 million in stock-based compensation, $0.3 million in salaries and other personnel related costs, $0.8 million for the annual sales meeting, marketing, public relations and collateral materials and $0.4 million in severance payments.

Research and development. Research and development expenses increased $0.2 million, or 2%, to $10.4 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $10.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. During the six months ended March 31, 2005, $0.7 million of salaries and fringe benefits were capitalized in connection with the development of a banking product. Therefore, adding back the capitalized costs results in a decrease in research development costs of $0.5 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to the six months ended March 31, 2005. This decrease of $0.5 million is mainly attributed to a reduction in personnel related costs. The development of the banking product was completed in July 2005 and no costs were capitalized during the six months ended March 31, 2006.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 9%, to $9.9 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 compared to $9.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. This increase of $0.8 million was mainly attributable to an increase in personnel costs of $0.8 million, severance costs for two executive officers of $0.6 million, increases in stock-based compensation of $0.5 million and the buyout of an office lease of $0.3 million. These increases were offset by reductions in SOX and other financial consultant costs of $1.2 million and third party legal costs of $0.2 million.

Stock-based compensation (included in individual operating expense and cost of revenue categories). Stock-based compensation allocated to operating expenses was $2.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006, as compared to $0.7 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. For the six months ended March 31, 2006, the aggregate stock-based compensation cost included in cost of revenues and in operating expenses was $2.2 million and primarily related to $0.9 million associated with employee stock options and $1.3 million associated with restricted stock awards. Also included in these costs for the six months ended March 31, 2006 were charges associated with the issuance of restricted stock to certain officers of the Company and stock-based compensation expense related to stock options accounted for under FAS123 (R).

The related functional breakdown of total stock-based compensation is outlined below (in thousands):

 

     Six months ended March 31,
     2006    2005

Stock-based compensation expense:

     

Cost of revenues - service

   $ 81    $ 242
             

Sales and marketing

     1,286      272

Research and development

     124      302

General and administrative

     665      142
             
     2,075      716
             

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 2,156    $ 958
             

Amortization of intangible assets (included in operating expenses). There was no amortization of intangible assets included in operating expenses for the six months ended March 31, 2006, compared to $0.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2005. The amortization expense in the six months ended March 31, 2005, is mainly attributable to the intangible associated with the acquisition of Prime Response in March 2001 which was fully amortized as of September 30, 2005.

Purchased in-process research and development. In-process research and development expense represents acquired technology that, on the date of acquisition, had not achieved technological feasibility and did not have an alternative future use, based on the state of development. Because on the date of acquisition the product under development may not achieve commercial viability, the amount of acquired in-process research and development was immediately expensed. The nature of the efforts required to develop the purchased in-process research and development into a commercially viable product principally relate to the completion of all planning, designing, prototyping, verification and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its designed specifications, including functions, features and technical performance requirements. There was no purchased in-process research and development expense for the six months ended March 31, 2006. For the six months ended March 31, 2005, we recorded an expense of $1.9 million related to acquired in-process technology attributable to the acquisition of KiQ.

Restructuring expense (reversal). During the six months ended March 31, 2005, as the earned portions of severed employee retention bonuses were paid, adjustments to previously recorded estimates were recorded, resulting in a $0.1 million benefit. There were no restructuring expenses for the six months ended March 31, 2006.

 

37


Table of Contents

Interest income, net

Interest income, net, consists primarily of interest income generated from our cash and cash equivalents offset by interest expense incurred in connection with capital equipment leases. Interest income, net, was $0.5 million and $0.4 million the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Foreign exchange and other expenses, net

Realized foreign currency gains and losses and other non-operating income and expenses resulted in net income of $0.1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and a net expense of $0.2 million for the same period in the prior year. These gains and losses are primarily associated with our U.S. dollar account balances held in Europe and the U.S. dollar’s fluctuations in value against the Euro and U.K. Pound Sterling.

Provision for income taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These provisions are attributable to taxes on earnings from our foreign subsidiaries and certain state income taxes.

Our deferred tax assets primarily consist of net operating loss carryforwards, nondeductible allowances and research and development tax credits. We have recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of our net deferred tax assets, as the future realization of the tax benefit is not considered by management to be more-likely-than-not.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, we have not been profitable and we have financed any shortfall from our operating activities through the issuance of our common stock. Our cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and long-term restricted cash consist principally of money market accounts and certificates of deposit and totaled $44.1 million and $40.9 million at March 31, 2006 and September 30, 2005, respectively, an increase of $3.2 million.

Operating activities

Cash provided by operating activities was $3.1 million during the six months ended March 31, 2006, which consisted primarily of our net loss of $ 3.8 million adjusted for non-cash items (primarily depreciation, amortization, and non-cash stock-based compensation expense) aggregating approximately $3.9 million and the net cash inflow effect from changes in assets and liabilities of approximately $3.0 million. This net cash inflow was primarily related to the collection of customer accounts receivable.

During the six months ended March 31, 2005, cash used in operating activities was $9.3 million which consisted primarily of our net loss of $10.6 million adjusted for non-cash items (primarily the write off of in-process research and development costs associated with the acquisition of KiQ, depreciation, amortization, non-cash stock-based compensation expense and other non-cash charges) of approximately $4.3 million and the net cash outflow effect from changes in assets and liabilities of approximately $3.0 million. This net cash outflow was primarily caused by decreases in deferred revenue, the payment of accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by improved collection of accounts receivable during the six month period.

Investing activities

Cash provided by investing activities during the six months ended March 31, 2006 was $0.9 million, primarily from proceeds from the release of restricted cash of $1.5 million offset by purchases of equipment and software of $0.5 million.

Cash used in investing activities during the six months ended March 31, 2005 was $11.7 million, primarily related to the acquisition of KiQ at December 21, 2004. Cash used in investing activities also includes capitalized product development costs of $1.6 million and purchases of equipment and software of $0.3 million.

Financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $0.9 million and $0.1 million during the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. This increase was primarily related to proceeds from stock option exercises of $1.0 million and $0.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

38


Table of Contents

Revolving line of credit

Our line of credit with Comerica Bank, effective from March 28, 2003 and extended to March 7, 2008, was amended in March 2006 and is comprised of a $5.0 million credit line. The terms of the line of credit require us to (i) maintain our principal bank accounts with Comerica Bank, (ii) maintain a minimum quick ratio of 2.00 to 1.00, (iii) maintain a liquidity ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00, and (iv) subordinate any debt issuances subsequent to the effective date of the agreement, and certain other covenants. All assets of the Company have been pledged as collateral on the credit facility. As of March 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with the respective debt covenants.

The line of credit contains a provision for issuances of standby commercial letters of credit. As of March 31, 2006, we had utilized $1.4 million of the line of credit for standby commercial letters of credit limit of which $0.9 million serves as collateral for computer equipment leases for our outsourcing partner in India. The line of credit also contains a provision for a sub-limit of up to $3.0 million for issuance of foreign exchange forward contracts. As of March 31, 2006, we did not have any outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts.

Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at the lending bank’s prime rate. As of March 31, 2006, there were no outstanding borrowings under the line of credit.

Contractual obligations and off balance sheet arrangements

We have entered into an agreement with Ness, effective December 15, 2003, wherein Ness will provide our customers with technical product support, a sustaining engineering function, product testing services, and product development services (collectively, the “Services”). The agreement has an initial term of three years and may be extended for additional one year terms at our discretion. Under the terms of the agreement, we pay for services rendered on a monthly fee basis, including the requirement to reimburse Ness for approved out-of-pocket expenses. In addition, upon our approval or at our direction, Ness may procure equipment to be used in performance of the Services, either through leasing arrangements or direct cash purchases, for which we are obligated under the agreement to reimburse them. In connection with the procurement of equipment, Ness Technologies India Ltd. has entered into a 36 month equipment lease agreement with IBM India and, in connection with the lease agreement we have issued a standby letter of credit in the amount of $0.9 million in guarantee of Ness Technologies India, Ltd.’s financial commitments under the lease. Management believes that the likelihood of the performance of the guarantee being called is remote.

We have no material commitments for capital expenditures and do not anticipate capital expenditures to fluctuate significantly from historic levels.

Future payments due under lease obligations as of March 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Capital

Leases

  

Operating

Leases

  

Operating

Sublease

Income

   

Net

Operating

Leases

Fiscal Year Ended September 30:

          

2006 (remaining six months)

   $ 114    $ 1,679    $ (122 )   $ 1,557

2007

     97      3,202      —         3,202

2008

     —        2,771      —         2,771

2009

     —        1,980      —         1,980

2010

     —        1,061      —         1,061

2011

     —        222      —         222
                            

Total minimum payments

   $ 211    $ 10,915    $ (122 )   $ 10,793
                            

Our existing cash and cash equivalents balances may decline during fiscal year 2006. However, we believe that the effects of our strategic actions implemented to improve revenue as well as to control costs will be adequate to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, which, when combined with existing cash balances, we anticipate will be sufficient to meet our working capital and operating resource expenditure requirements for the near term. If the global economy weakens further, the decline in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances may be greater than presently anticipated.

We anticipate that operating expenses will continue to be a material use of our cash resources. We may continue to utilize cash resources to fund acquisitions or investments in other businesses, technologies or product lines. In the long-term, we may require additional funds to support our working capital and operating expense requirements or for other purposes, and may seek to raise these additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings. There can be no assurance that this additional financing will be available, or if available, will be on reasonable terms. Failure to generate sufficient revenues or to control spending could adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.

 

39


Table of Contents

Indemnification

As permitted under Delaware law, we have agreements whereby we indemnify our officers, directors and certain employees for certain events or occurrences while the employee, officer or director is, or was serving, at our request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have a Director and Officer insurance policy that limits our exposure and may enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of our insurance policy coverage, we believe the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2006.

We enter into standard indemnification agreements in our ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, we indemnify, defend, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally our business partners or customers, in connection with any patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to our products. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual after execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. We have never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2006.

We enter into arrangements with our business partners, whereby the business partner agrees to provide services as a subcontractor for our implementations. We may, at our discretion and in the ordinary course of business, subcontract the performance of any of our services. Accordingly, we enter into standard indemnification agreements with our customers, whereby we indemnify them for other acts, such as personal property damage, of our subcontractors. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited; however, we have general and umbrella insurance policies that may enable us to recover a portion of any amounts paid. We have not incurred significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of March 31, 2006.

When as part of an acquisition we acquire all of the stock or all of the assets and liabilities of a company, we may assume the liability for certain events or occurrences that took place prior to the date of acquisition. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make for such obligations is undeterminable at this time. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these liabilities as of March 31, 2006.

We warrant that our software products will perform in all material respects in accordance with our standard published specifications and documentation in effect at the time of delivery of the licensed products to the customer for a specified period of time. Additionally, we warrant that our maintenance and consulting services will be performed consistent with generally accepted industry standards. If necessary, we would provide for the estimated cost of product and service warranties based on specific warranty claims and claim history, however, we have not incurred significant expense under our product or services warranties to date. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value on these warranties is minimal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these warranties as of March 31, 2006.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, foreign currency fluctuations, and change in the market values of our non-traded, available-for-sale marketable securities.

The following table presents the amounts of marketable securities and restricted cash that are subject to interest rate risk and average interest rate as of March 31, 2006 (in thousands):

 

    

March 31,

2006

    Fair Value

Restricted cash in short-term investments

   $ 605     $ 605

Average interest rates

     2.25 %  

Interest Rate Risk. Our exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. We have not used derivative financial instruments to hedge our investment portfolio. We invest excess cash in debt instruments of the U.S. Government and its agencies, and in high-quality corporate issuers and, by policy, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. We protect and preserve invested funds by limiting default, market and reinvestment risk.

 

40


Table of Contents

Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate interest earning instruments carries a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities, which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Risk. A significant portion of our sales and operating expenses result from transactions outside of the United States, often in foreign currencies. These currencies include the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro and Canadian Dollars. International revenues from our foreign subsidiaries accounted for approximately 34% of total revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2006. International sales are made mostly from our foreign sales subsidiaries in their respective countries and are typically denominated in the local currency of each country. These subsidiaries also incur most of their expenses in the local currency. Accordingly, all foreign subsidiaries use the local currency as their functional currency.

Additionally, two of our foreign subsidiaries hold cash equivalent investments in currencies other than its respective local currency. Such holdings increase our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations. As exchange rates vary, the holdings may magnify foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations or upon translation or adversely impact overall expected profitability through foreign currency losses incurred upon the sale or maturity of the investments. At March 31, 2006, approximately $21.1 million of our cash and cash equivalents were held by our subsidiaries outside of the United States.

Our international business is subject to risks, including, but not limited to changing economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility when compared to the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely impacted by changes in these or other factors.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Management’s responsibility for financial statements

Our management is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of all information presented in this quarterly report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management believes the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the financial statements fairly represent our financial position and results of operations.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with our new independent registered public accounting firm, BDO Seidman, LLP and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors, and the independent auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or “disclosure controls.” This controls evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and Chief Financial Officer, or CFO. Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as a result of the matters discussed below with respect to our internal control over financial reporting, our disclosure controls as of March 31, 2006 were not effective.

In light of this determination and as part of the work undertaken in connection with this report, we have applied compensating procedures and processes as necessary to ensure the reliability of our financial reporting. Accordingly, management believes, based on its knowledge, that (i) this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report and (ii) the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as at, and for, the periods presented in this report.

 

41


Table of Contents

Definitions of Significant Deficiency and Material Weakness

In this report, unless otherwise indicated, a “significant deficiency” is defined as a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, that adversely affects the company’s ability to initiate, authorize, record, process or report external financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected. A “material weakness” is a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.

Material Weaknesses Reported for the Year ended September 30, 2005

As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2005 filed with the SEC on December 9, 2005, the following material weaknesses existed as of September 30, 2005:

 

    Stock-based Compensation—The Company did not maintain effective control over its accounting for its non-cash stock-based compensation and related financial statement disclosures, since the method by which the Company originally valued certain common stock and amortized deferred stock-based compensation for such common stock were determined to be incorrect.

 

    Statement of Cash Flows—The Company did not maintain effective control over the preparation of its Statement of Cash Flows, in particular, with regard to the classification of cash expenditures for certain capitalized costs.

 

    Staffing Levels in The Finance Department— The Company did not maintain adequate staffing of the Company’s finance department to the effect that inadequate staffing and supervision led to the untimely identification and resolution of certain accounting matters.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company has improved the staffing of its finance department through external hiring and the conversion of certain consultants to full time employee status. Other than these staffing improvements, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2006, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

As described in our previous filings, management has made significant efforts to remediate the material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. Management will continue its efforts and management and the Audit Committee will continue to monitor the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, including those pertaining to stock-based compensation, the statement of cash flows, and staffing of our finance team, on an ongoing basis and will take further action, as appropriate. Numerous staffing changes have been made in the Finance Department. These changes will need to be monitored over time to determine their effectiveness. While none of the material weaknesses has been fully remediated, management believes significant progress has been made to do so.

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

Beginning in July 2001, we and certain of our officers and directors (“Individuals”) were named as defendants in a series of class action shareholder complaints filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, now consolidated under the caption, In re Chordiant Software, Inc. Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, Case No. 01-CV-6222. In the amended complaint, filed in April 2002, the plaintiffs allege that we, the Individuals, and the underwriters of our initial public offering (“IPO”) violated section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 10(b) of the Exchange Act of 1934 based on allegations that the our registration statement and prospectus failed to disclose material facts regarding the compensation to be received by, and the stock allocation practices of, our IPO underwriters. The complaint also contains claims against the Individuals for control person liability under Securities Act section 15 and Exchange Act section 20. The plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages and other relief. Similar complaints were filed in the same court against hundreds of other public companies (“Issuers”) that conducted IPO’s of their common stock in the late 1990s or in the year 2000 (collectively, the “IPO Lawsuits”).

In August 2001, all of the IPO Lawsuits were consolidated for pretrial purposes before United States Judge Shira Scheindlin of the Southern District of New York. In July 2002, we joined in a global motion to dismiss the IPO Lawsuits filed by all of the Issuers (among others). In October 2002, the Court entered an order dismissing the Individuals from the

 

42


Table of Contents

IPO Cases without prejudice, pursuant to an agreement tolling the statute of limitations with respect to the Individuals. In February 2003, the court issued a decision denying the motion to dismiss the Section 11 claims against Chordiant and almost all of the other Issuers and denying the motion to dismiss the Section 10(b) claims against Chordiant and many of the Issuers.

In June 2003, Issuers and plaintiffs reached a tentative settlement agreement that would, among other things, result in the dismissal with prejudice of all claims against the Issuers and Individuals in the IPO Lawsuits, and the assignment to plaintiffs of certain potential claims that the Issuers may have against the underwriters. The tentative settlement also provides that, in the event that plaintiffs ultimately recover less than a guaranteed sum of $1 billion from the IPO underwriters, plaintiffs would be entitled to payment by each participating Issuer’s insurer of a pro rata share of any shortfall in the plaintiffs’ guaranteed recovery. In September 2003, in connection with the possible settlement, those Individuals who had entered tolling agreements with plaintiffs (described above) agreed to extend those agreements so that they would not expire prior to any settlement being finalized. In June 2004, Chordiant and almost all of the other Issuers entered into a formal settlement agreement with the plaintiffs. On February 15, 2005, the Court issued a decision certifying a class action for settlement purposes, and granting preliminary approval of the settlement subject to modification of certain bar orders contemplated by the settlement. On August 31, 2005, the Court reaffirmed class certification and preliminary approval of the modified settlement in a comprehensive Order, and directed that Notice of the settlement be published and mailed to class members beginning November 15, 2005. On February 24, 2006, the Court dismissed litigation filed against certain underwriters in connection with the claims to be assigned to the plaintiffs under the settlement. On April 24, 2006, the Court held a Final Fairness Hearing to determine whether to grant final approval of the settlement. A decision is expected this summer 2006. If this settlement is not finalized as proposed, then this action may divert the efforts and attention of our management and, if determined adversely to us, could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are also subject to various other claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The ultimate disposition of these various other claims and legal actions is not expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties.

Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

The Company has marked with an asterisk(*) those risk factors that reflect substantive changes from the risk factors included in the Company’s Form 10-K filed on December 9, 2005 with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005.

* Historically, we have not been profitable and we may continue to incur losses, which may raise vendor viability concerns thereby making it more difficult to close license transactions with new and existing customers.

We incurred losses of $3.8 million and $10.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. As of March 31, 2006, we had an accumulated deficit of $213 million. We may continue to incur losses and cannot be certain that we can generate sufficient revenues to achieve profitability. Continued losses may leave many customers reluctant to enter into new large value license transactions without some assurance that we will operate profitably. If we fail to enter into new large value license transactions due to lack of vendor profitability and or viability concerns, our revenues will decline, which could further adversely affect our operating results.

* Because a small number of customers account for a substantial portion of our revenues, the loss of a significant customer could cause a substantial decline in our revenues.

We derive a significant portion of our license and service revenues from a limited number of customers. The loss of a major customer could cause a decrease in revenues and net income. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, Citicorp, Capital One and ING Canada each accounted for 20%, 17% and 11% of our total revenues. For the six months ended March 31, 2006, Capital One, Citicorp and ING Canada each accounted for 11% of our total revenues. While our customer concentration has fluctuated, we expect that a limited number of customers will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenues. As a result, if we lose a major customer, or if a contract is delayed or cancelled or we do not contract with new major customers, our revenues and net loss would be adversely affected. In addition, customers that have accounted for significant revenues in the past may not generate revenues in any future period, causing our failure to obtain new significant customers or additional orders from existing customers to materially affect our operating results.

 

43


Table of Contents

* If we fail to adequately address the difficulties of managing our international operations, our revenues and operating expenses will be adversely affected.

For the six months ended March 31, 2006, international revenues were $16.7 million or approximately 34 % of our total revenues. For the six months ended March 31, 2005, international revenues were $21.8 million or approximately 53% of our total revenues. While we expect North American revenues to increase as a percentage of our overall revenues, international revenues will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenues in future periods. We have faced, and will continue to face, difficulties in managing international operations which include:

 

    Difficulties in hiring qualified local personnel;

 

    Seasonal fluctuations in customer orders;

 

    Longer accounts receivable collection cycles;

 

    Expenses associated with licensing products and servicing customers in foreign markets;

 

    Economic downturns and political uncertainty in international economies; and

 

    Expectations of European economic growth that is lower than for the US.

Any of these factors could have a significant impact on our ability to license products on a competitive and timely basis and could adversely affect our operating expenses and net income.

Our known backlog of business may not result in revenue.

An increasingly material portion of our revenues has been derived from large orders, as major customers deployed our products. We define backlog as non-cancelable contractual commitments by our customers through purchase orders or contracts. Backlog is comprised of current software license orders which have not been accepted by customers or have not otherwise met all of the required criteria for revenue recognition, deferred revenue from customer support contracts, and deferred consulting and education orders for services not yet completed or delivered. Backlog is not necessarily indicative of revenues to be recognized in a specified future period. There are many factors that would impact Chordiant’s filling of backlog, such as Chordiant’s progress in completing projects for its customers and Chordiant’s customers’ meeting anticipated schedules for customer-dependent deliverables. Chordiant provides no assurances that any portion of its backlog will be filled during any fiscal year or at all or that its backlog will be recognized as revenues in any given period. In addition, it is possible that customers from whom we expect to derive revenue from backlog will default and as a result we may not be able to recognize expected revenue from backlog.

* Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products less competitive in international markets and could negatively affect our operating results and cash flows.

A significant portion of our sales and operating expenses result from transactions outside of the United States, often in foreign currencies. These currencies include the United Kingdom Pound Sterling, the Euro and Canadian Dollars. Our international sales comprised 34% of our total sales for the six months ended March 31, 2006. Our international sales comprised 53% of our total sales for the six months ended March 31, 2005. Our future operating results will continue to be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates, especially if international sales grow as a percentage of our total sales, and we may be negatively impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency rates in the future. For the six months ended March 31, 2006, we had a foreign currency translation loss of approximately $0.1 million.

Geopolitical concerns could make the closing of license transactions with new and existing customers difficult.

Our revenues will decrease in fiscal year 2006 if we are unable to enter into new large-scale license transactions with new and existing customers. The current state of world affairs and geopolitical concerns have left many customers reluctant to enter into new large value license transactions without some assurance that the economy both in the customer’s home country and worldwide will have some economic and political stability. Geopolitical instability will continue to make closing large license transactions difficult. In addition, we cannot predict what effect the U.S. military presence overseas or potential or actual political or military conflict have had or are continuing to have on our existing and prospective customers’ decision-making process with respect to licensing or implementing enterprise-level products such as ours. Our ability to enter into new large license transactions also directly affects our ability to create additional consulting services and maintenance revenues, on which we also depend.

 

44


Table of Contents

* Competition in our markets is intense and could reduce our sales and prevent us from achieving profitability.

Increased competition in our markets could result in price reductions for our products and services, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any one of which could reduce our future revenues. The market for our products is intensely competitive, evolving and subject to rapid technological change. Historically, our primary competition has been from internal development, custom systems integration projects and application software competitors. In particular, we compete with:

 

    Internal information technology departments: in-house information technology departments of potential customers have developed or may develop systems that provide some or all of the functionality of our products. We expect that internally developed application integration and process automation efforts will continue to be a significant source of competition.

 

    Custom systems integration projects: we compete with large systems integrators who may develop custom solutions for specific companies which may reduce the likelihood that they would purchase our products and services.

 

    Point application vendors: we compete with providers of stand-alone point solutions for web-based customer relationship management and traditional client/server-based, call-center service customer and sales-force automation solution providers.

In addition, recent consolidation in the software industry may indicate that we will face new competitors in the future. In 2005, Oracle acquired a 43% interest in i-flex solutions, a banking software maker headquartered in Mumbai, India. In September 2005, IBM acquired DWL, a provider of middleware to companies in the banking, insurance, retail and telecommunications industries. In September 2005, SSA Global Technologies announced that it had acquired E.piphany, Inc., a maker of customer relationship management software products. In January 2006, Oracle acquired Siebel Systems, Inc., a maker of customer relationship management software products. In April 2006, Oracle announced plans to acquire Portal Software, a provider of billing and revenue management solutions for the communications and media industry. While we do not believe that either i-flex or DWL have been significant competitors of Chordiant in the past, the acquisition of these companies by Oracle and IBM may indicate that we will face increased competition from significantly larger and more established entities in the future.

Many of our competitors have greater resources and broader customer relationships than we do. In addition, many of these competitors have extensive knowledge of our industry. Current and potential competitors have established, or may establish, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to offer a single solution and to increase the ability of their products to address customer needs.

We may experience a shortfall in revenue, earnings, cash flow or otherwise fail to meet public market expectations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and the market price of our common stock.

Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate significantly because of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include:

 

    Size and timing of individual license transactions;

 

    Delay or deferral of customer implementations of our products and subsequent impact on revenues;

 

    Lengthening of our sales cycle;

 

    Potential additional deterioration and changes in domestic and foreign markets and economies;

 

    Success in expanding our global services organization, direct sales force and indirect distribution channels;

 

    Timing of new product introductions and product enhancements;

 

    Appropriate mix of products licensed and services sold;

 

    Levels of international transactions;

 

    Activities of and acquisitions by competitors;

 

    Product and price competition; and

 

    Our ability to develop and market new products and control costs.

 

45


Table of Contents

One or more of the foregoing factors may cause our operating expenses to be disproportionately high during any given period or may cause our revenues and operating results to fluctuate significantly. Based upon the preceding factors, we may experience a shortfall in revenues and earnings or otherwise fail to meet public market expectations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock.

* Our operating results and cash flows fluctuate significantly and delays in implementation of our products or changes in the payment terms with customers may cause unanticipated declines in revenues or cash flow, which could disappoint investors and result in a decline in our stock price.

Our quarterly revenues depend primarily upon product implementation by our customers. We have historically recognized a significant portion of our license and services revenue through the percentage-of-completion method, using labor hours incurred as the measure of progress towards completion of implementation of our products and we expect this practice to continue. The percentage of completion accounting method requires ongoing estimates of progress of complicated and frequently changing technology projects. Documenting the measure of progress towards completion of implementation is subject to potential errors and changes in estimates. As a result, even minor errors or minor changes in estimates may lead to significant changes in accounting results which may be revised in later quarters due to subsequent information and events. Thus, delays or changes in customer business goals or direction when implementing our software may negatively impact our quarterly revenue. Additionally, we may increasingly enter into term, subscription or transaction based licensing transactions that would cause us to recognize license revenue for such transactions over a longer period of time than we have historically experienced for our perpetual licenses. In addition, a significant portion of new customer orders have been booked in the third month of each calendar quarter, with many of these bookings occurring in the last two weeks of the third month. We expect this trend to continue and, therefore, any failure or delay in bookings would decrease our quarterly revenue and cash flows. The terms and conditions of individual license agreements with customers vary from transaction to transaction. Historically, the Company has been able to obtain prepayments for product in some cases. Other transactions link payment to the delivery or acceptance of products. If we are unable to negotiate prepayments of fees our cash flows and financial ratios with respect to accounts receivable would be negatively impacted. If our revenues, operating margins or cash flows are below the expectations of the investment community, our stock price is likely to decline.

If we fail to maintain and expand our relationships with systems integrators and other business partners, our ability to develop, market, sell, and support our products may be adversely affected.

Our development, marketing and distribution strategies rely on our ability to form and maintain long-term strategic relationships with systems integrators, in particular, our existing business alliance partners, IBM, Tata and Accenture. These business relationships often consist of joint marketing programs, technology partnerships and resale and distribution arrangements. Although most aspects of these relationships are contractual in nature, many important aspects of these relationships depend on the continued cooperation between the parties. Divergence in strategy, change in focus, competitive product offerings or potential contract defaults may interfere with our ability to develop, market, sell, or support our products, which in turn could harm our business. If either IBM or Accenture were to terminate their agreements with us or our relationship were to deteriorate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In many cases, these parties have extensive relationships with our existing and potential customers and influence the decisions of these customers. A number of our competitors have stronger relationships with IBM and Accenture and, as a result, these systems integrators may be more likely to recommend competitors’ products and services. In addition, in September 2005, IBM acquired DWL, a provider of middleware to companies in the banking, insurance, retail and telecommunications industries. While we do not believe that DWL has been a direct competitor of Chordiant in the past, IBM’s acquisition of DWL may indicate that IBM will become a competitor of ours in the future.

If systems integrators fail to properly implement our software, our business, reputation and financial results may be harmed.

We are increasingly relying on systems integrators to implement our products, and this trend may continue. As a result, we have less quality control over the implementation of our software with respect to these transactions and are more reliant on the ability of our systems integrators to correctly implement our software. If these systems integrators fail to properly implement our software, our business, reputation and financial results may be harmed.

 

46


Table of Contents

* Our primary products have a long sales and implementation cycle, which makes it difficult to predict our quarterly results and may cause our operating results to vary significantly.

The period between initial contact with a prospective customer and the implementation of our products is unpredictable and often lengthy, ranging from three to twenty-four months. Thus, revenue and cash receipts could vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Any delays in the implementation of our products could cause reductions in our revenues. The licensing of our products is often an enterprise-wide decision that generally requires us to provide a significant level of education to prospective customers about the use and benefits of our products. The implementation of our products involves significant commitment of technical and financial resources and is commonly associated with substantial implementation efforts that may be performed by us, by the customer or by third-party systems integrators. If we underestimate the resources required to meet the expectations we have set with a customer when we set prices, then we may lose money on that customer engagement. If this happens with a large customer engagement, then this could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Customers generally consider a wide range of issues before committing to purchase our products, including product benefits, ability to operate with existing and future computer systems, vendor financial stability and longevity, ability to accommodate increased transaction volume and product reliability.

If we do not successfully implement our plans to upgrade existing financial systems and to improve our internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in our financial reporting and customers may delay purchasing decisions, which would harm our business and the market price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports, our business could be harmed. We are currently in the process of upgrading certain financial systems to improve controls over areas that include the purchasing and project accounting functions. There is a risk that these implementations will not be successful or result in improvements to existing systems. We are currently in the process of upgrading certain financial systems to improve controls over areas that include the purchasing and project accounting functions. There is a risk that these implementations will not be successful or result in improvements to existing systems. We are a complex company with complex accounting issues and thus subject to related risks of errors in financial reporting which may cause problems in corporate governance, the costs of which may outweigh the costs of the underlying errors themselves. For example, in the course of preparing its 2005 financial results for the year ended September 30, 2005, the Company and its independent registered public accounting firm, BDO Seidman, LLP, identified certain errors in the Company’s 2005 interim financial statements for the quarters ended December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, and June 30, 2005, and management concluded that as a result of these errors, the Company should restate the Company’s interim financial statements for these quarters. These errors are more fully described in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2005. As a result of this need to restate interim financial statements, management and the Audit Committee determined that material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting existed. These material weaknesses have contributed to increased expenses and efforts required for our financial reporting. If we are not successful in implementing effective internal controls over financial reporting, customers may delay purchasing decisions or we may lose customers, create investor uncertainty, face litigation and the market price of our common stock may decline. For more information, please refer to the discussion under the heading “Item 4. Controls and Procedures” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2005.

* If we are not able to successfully manage our partner operations in India, our operations and financial results may be adversely affected.

In fiscal year 2003, we entered into an agreement with Ness Global Services, Inc., an independent contracting company with global technical resources and an operations center in Bangalore, India and operations in other locations. The agreement provides for Ness, at our direction, to attract, train, assimilate and retain sufficient highly qualified personnel to perform staffing for consulting projects, technical support, product test and certain sustaining engineering functions. As of March 31, 2006, we use the services of approximately 104 consultants through Ness. In addition, as a result of the 10% reduction in our workforce that took place in July 2005, we are now more dependent on Ness. The expansion of this agreement is an important component of our strategy to address the business needs of our customers and manage our expenses. The success of this operation will depend on our ability and Ness’s ability to attract, train, assimilate and retain highly qualified personnel in the required periods. A disruption of our relationship with Ness could adversely affect our operations. Failure to effectively manage the organization and operations will harm our business and financial results.

 

47


Table of Contents

* We have incurred and may continue to incur, in future periods, significant stock-based compensation charges related to certain stock options and stock awards, which may adversely affect our reported financial results.

On October 1, 2005, we adopted SFAS 123(R), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to the Company’s employees and directors including employee stock options, restricted stock awards and employee stock purchases related to the ESPP based on estimated fair values. During the three and six months ended March 31, 2006, we recorded $1.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of compensation expense associated with these awards. Although the effect from the adoption of SFAS 123(R) is expected to continue to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, future changes to various assumptions used to determine the fair value of awards issued, or the amount and type of equity awards granted create uncertainty as to the amount of future stock-based compensation expense.

* If our products do not operate effectively in a company-wide environment, we may lose sales and suffer decreased revenues.

If existing customers have difficulty deploying our products or choose not to fully deploy our products, it could damage our reputation and reduce revenues. Our success requires that our products be highly scalable, and able to accommodate substantial increases in the number of users. Our products are expected to be deployed on a variety of computer software and hardware platforms and to be used in connection with a number of third-party software applications by personnel who may not have previously used application software systems or our products. These deployments present very significant technical challenges, which are difficult or impossible to predict. If these deployments do not succeed, we may lose future sales opportunities and suffer decreased revenues. If we underestimate the resources required to meet the expectations we have set with a customer when we set prices, then we may lose money on that customer engagement. If this happens with a large customer, engagement then this could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Defects in our products could diminish demand for our products and result in decreased revenues, decreased market acceptance and injury to our reputation.

Errors may be found from time-to-time in our new, acquired or enhanced products. Any significant software errors in our products may result in decreased revenues, decreased sales, and injury to our reputation and/or increased warranty and repair costs. Although we conduct extensive product testing during product development, we have in the past discovered software errors in our products as well as in third-party products, and as a result have experienced delays in the shipment of our new products.

* Because competition for qualified personnel is intense, we may not be able to retain or recruit personnel, which could impact the development and sales of our products.

If we are unable to hire or retain qualified personnel, or if newly hired personnel fail to develop the necessary skills or fail to reach expected levels of productivity, our ability to develop and market our products will be weakened. Our success depends largely on the continued contributions of our key management, finance, engineering, sales and marketing and professional services personnel. In particular, we have recently had significant turnover in our finance organization and most key positions are held by people who are new to the Company or to their roles. If these people are unable to quickly become familiar with the issues they face in their roles or are not well suited to their new roles, then this could result in the Company having problems in reporting its financial results. Because of the dependency on a small number of large deals, we are uniquely dependent upon the talents and relationships of a few executives and have no guarantee of their retention. Changes in key sales management could effect our ability to maintain existing customer relationships or to close pending transactions. We have been targeted by recruitment agencies seeking to hire our key management, finance, engineering, sales and marketing and professional services personnel. In addition, in July 2005 we reduced the size of our workforce by approximately 10%, which may have a negative effect on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

* We have senior managers who are new to the Company or in their roles and who have not yet proved that they will be successful in those roles.

During the second fiscal quarter of 2006, we replaced Stephen Kelly with Steve Springsteel as the CEO and replaced George de Urioste with Peter Norman as the CFO. Additionally, we have very recently hired Frank Florence as Chief Marketing Officer. If these newly hired senior managers fail to provide the necessary leadership for profitable growth, then the Company’s overall success may be impaired.

 

48


Table of Contents

* To date, our sales have been concentrated in the financial services, telecommunications and retail markets, and if we are unable to continue sales in these markets or successfully penetrate new markets, our revenues may decline.

Sales of our products and services in three large markets—financial services, telecommunications and retail markets accounted for approximately 92 % and 90 % of our total revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We expect that revenues from these three markets will continue to account for a substantial portion of our total revenues for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to successfully increase penetration of our existing markets or achieve sales in additional markets, or if the overall economic climate of our target markets deteriorates, our revenues may decline.

* Low gross margin in services revenues could adversely impact our overall gross margin and income.

Our services revenues have had lower gross margins than our license revenues. Service revenues comprised 54% and 61% of our total revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Gross margin on service revenues was 46% and 40% for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. License revenues comprised 46% and 39% of our total revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Gross margins on license revenues were 96 % and 98% for the six months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

As a result, an increase in the percentage of total revenues represented by services revenues, or an unexpected decrease in license revenues, could have a detrimental impact on our overall gross margins. To increase services revenues, we would expand our services organization, successfully recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified services personnel, enter into new implementation projects and obtain renewals of current maintenance contracts by our customers. This expansion could further reduce gross margins in our services revenues.

We may not have the workforce necessary to support our platform of products if demand for our products substantially increased, and, if we need to rebuild our workforce in the future, we may not be able to recruit personnel in a timely manner, which could negatively impact the development and sales of our products.

In July 2005, we reduced the size of our workforce by approximately 10%. In the event that demand for our products increases, we may need to rebuild our workforce or increase outsourced functions to companies based in foreign jurisdictions and we may be unable to hire, train or retain qualified personnel in a timely manner, which may weaken our ability to market our products in a timely manner, negatively impacting our operations. Our success depends largely on ensuring that we have adequate personnel to support our platform of products as well as the continued contributions of our key management, finance, engineering, sales and marketing and professional services personnel.

If we fail to introduce new versions and releases of functional and scalable products in a timely manner, customers may license competing products and our revenues may decline.

If we are unable to ship or implement enhancements to our products when planned, or fail to achieve timely market acceptance of these enhancements, we may suffer lost sales and could fail to achieve anticipated revenues. We have in the past, and expect in the future, to derive a significant portion of our total revenues from the license of our primary product suite. Our future operating results will depend on the demand for the product suite by future customers, including new and enhanced releases that are subsequently introduced. If our competitors release new products that are superior to our products in performance or price, or if we fail to enhance our products or introduce new features and functionality in a timely manner, demand for our products may decline. We have in the past experienced delays in the planned release dates of new versions of our software products and upgrades. New versions of our products may not be released on schedule or may contain defects when released.

We depend on technology licensed to us by third parties, and the loss or inability to maintain these licenses could prevent or delay sales of our products.

We license from several software providers technologies that are incorporated into our products. We anticipate that we will continue to license technology from third parties in the future. This software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. While currently we are not materially dependent on any single third party for such licenses, the loss of the technology licenses could result in delays in the license of our products until equivalent technology is developed or identified, licensed and integrated into our products. Even if substitute technologies are available, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to license these technologies on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

49


Table of Contents

Defects in third party products associated with our products could impair our products’ functionality and injure our reputation.

The effective implementation of our products depends upon the successful operation of third-party products in conjunction with our products. Any undetected errors in these third-party products could prevent the implementation or impair the functionality of our products, delay new product introductions or injure our reputation. In the past, while our business has not been materially harmed, product releases have been delayed as a result of errors in third-party software and we have incurred significant expenses fixing and investigating the cause of these errors.

Our customers and systems integration partners may have the ability to alter our source code and resulting inappropriate alterations could adversely affect the performance of our products, cause injury to our reputation and increase operating expenses.

Customers and systems integration partners may have access to the computer source code for certain elements of our products and may alter the source code. Alteration of our source code may lead to implementation, operation, technical support and upgrade problems for our customers. This could adversely affect the market acceptance of our products, and any necessary investigative work and repairs could cause us to incur significant expenses and delays in implementation.

* If our products do not operate with the hardware and software platforms used by our customers, our customers may license competing products and our revenues will decline.

If our products fail to satisfy advancing technological requirements of our customers and potential customers, the market acceptance of these products could be reduced. We currently serve a customer base with a wide variety of constantly changing hardware, software applications and networking platforms. Customer acceptance of our products depends on many factors such as:

 

    Our ability to integrate our products with multiple platforms and existing or legacy systems; and,

 

    Our ability to anticipate and support new standards, especially Internet and enterprise Java standards

Our failure to successfully integrate with future acquired or merged companies and technologies could prevent us from operating efficiently.

Our business strategy includes pursuing opportunities to grow our business, both through internal growth and through merger, acquisition and technology and other asset transactions. To implement this strategy, we may be involved in merger and acquisition activity and additional technology and asset purchase transactions. Merger and acquisition transactions are motivated by many factors, including, among others, our desire to grow our business, acquire skilled personnel, obtain new technologies and expand and enhance our product offerings. Growth through mergers and acquisitions has several identifiable risks, including difficulties associated with successfully integrating distinct businesses into new organizations, the substantial management time devoted to integrating personnel, technology and entire companies, the possibility that we might not be successful in retaining the employees, undisclosed liabilities, the failure to realize anticipated benefits (such as cost savings and synergies) and issues related to integrating acquired technology, merged/acquired companies or content into our products (such as unanticipated expenses). Realization of any of these risks in connection with any technology transaction or asset purchase we have entered into, or may enter into, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we become subject to intellectual property infringement claims, including patent infringement claims, these claims could be costly and time-consuming to defend, divert management’s attention, cause product delays and have an adverse effect on our revenues and net income.

We expect that software product developers and providers of software in markets similar to our target markets will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in our industry grows and the functionality of products overlap. Any claims, with or without merit, could be costly and time-consuming to defend, divert our management’s attention or cause product delays. If any of our products were found to infringe a third party’s proprietary rights, we could be required to enter into royalty or licensing agreements to be able to sell our products. Royalty and licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

In particular, if we were sued for patent infringement by a patent holding company, one which has acquired large numbers of patents solely for the purpose of bringing suit against alleged infringers rather than practicing the patents, it may be costly to defend such suit. If any of our products were found to infringe such patent, the patent holder could seek an injunction to enjoin our use of the infringing product. If we were not able to remove or replace the infringing portions of

 

50


Table of Contents

software with non-infringing software, and were no longer able to license some or all of our software products, such an injunction would have an extremely detrimental effect on our business. If we were required to settle such claim, it could be extremely costly. A patent infringement claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

* The application of percentage of completion and completed contract accounting to our business is complex and may result in delays in the reporting of our financial results and revenue not being recognized as we expect.

Although we attempt use standardized license agreements designed to meet current revenue recognition criteria under generally accepted accounting principles, we must often negotiate and revise terms and conditions of these standardized agreements, particularly in multi-product transactions. At the time of entering into a transaction, we assess whether any services included within the arrangement require us to perform significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products. For contracts involving significant implementation or customization essential to the functionality of our products, we recognize the license and professional consulting services revenues using the percentage-of-completion method using labor hours incurred as the measure of progress towards completion. The application of the percentage of completion method of accounting is complex and involves judgments and estimates, which may change significantly based on customer requirements. This complexity combined with changing customer requirements could result in delays in the proper determination of our percentage of completion estimates and revenue not being recognized as we expect.

We have also entered into co-development projects with our customers to jointly develop new vertical applications, often over the course of a year or longer. In such cases we may only be able to recognize revenue upon delivery of the new application. The accounting treatment for these co-development projects could result in delays in the recognition of revenue. The failure to successfully complete these projects to the satisfaction of the customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

* Changes in our revenue recognition model could result in short term declines to revenue.

Historically, a high percentage of license revenues have been accounted for on the percentage of completion method of accounting or recognized as revenue upon the delivery of product. If we were to modify future contracts with customers, or to enter into new types of transactions accounted for on a subscription or term basis, revenues might be recognized over a longer period of time. The impact of this change would make revenue recognition more predictable over the long term, but it might also result in a short term reduction of revenue as the new transactions took effect.

We may be subject to an investigation by the SEC or litigation by private parties in connection with the restatement of our interim financial statements for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004, December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, and June 30, 2005.

In March 2005, we concluded that our interim financial statements for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2004 should no longer be relied upon because of various errors in such financial statements. We restated those financial statements, which were reported in our 2004 Transition Report on Form 10-K/T filed with the SEC on March 29, 2005. Additionally, in the course of preparing our 2005 financial results for the year ended September 30, 2005, the Company and its independent registered public accounting firm, BDO Seidman, LLP, identified certain errors in the Company’s 2005 interim financial statements for the quarters ended December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, and June 30, 2005 and management concluded that as a result of these errors, the Company should restate the Company’s interim financial statements for these quarters. These errors are more fully described in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2005. Section 408 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) requires that the SEC review a public company’s filings no less frequently than once every 3 years. We have been notified that the SEC’s staff in the Division of Corporation Finance in Washington D.C. is reviewing the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. The SEC may choose to comment on the annual report, it may begin an investigation or we may be subject to private litigation, which could require significant management and financial resources which could otherwise be devoted to the operation of our business. If we are subject to an SEC investigation or civil litigation, we could be required to pay penalties or damages or have other remedies imposed upon us. In addition, we could become the target of expensive securities litigation related to other matters in the future. Any SEC investigation or litigation could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

51


Table of Contents

We may continue to encounter unexpected delays in implementing the requirements relating to internal control over financial reporting and we expect to incur additional expenses and diversion of management’s time as a result of performing future system and process evaluation, testing and remediation required to comply with future management assessment and auditor attestation requirements.

In connection with the Company’s compliance with Section 404 under SOX for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, we identified certain material weaknesses. In future periods, we will continue to document our internal controls to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal control, over financial reporting as required by Section 404 of SOX, within the time frame required by Section 404. We may encounter unexpected delays in implementing those requirements, therefore, we cannot be certain about the timing of the completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact that these activities will have on our operations. We also expect to incur additional expenses and diversion of management’s time as a result of performing the system and process evaluation, testing and remediation required to comply with management’s assessment and auditor attestation requirements. If we are not able to timely comply with the requirements set forth in Section 404 in future periods, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by the regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect our business or financial results.

 

52


Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference (as stated therein) as part of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

53


Table of Contents

Chordiant Software, Inc.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

Chordiant Software, Inc.
(Registrant)
By:  

/s/ Peter S. Norman

 

Peter S. Norman,

Chief Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer

Dated: May 4, 2006

 

54


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
   
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Chordiant Software, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Chordiant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-92187) filed on December 6, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Chordiant Software, Inc. (filed as exhibit 3.2 to Chordiant’s Form 8-K dated February 1, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.1   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Chordiant Software, Inc. and Comerica Bank-California, successor by merger to Comerica Bank-California, dated March 8, 2006.
10.2   Offer Letter dated January 31, 2006 between Steven R. Springsteel and Chordiant Software, Inc.* (filed as exhibit 10.1 to Chordiant’s Form 8-K dated February 1, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.3   Board Member Agreement between Mr. Richard G. Stevens and Chordiant Software, Inc dated March 7, 2006.* (filed as exhibit 10.1 to Chordiant’s Form 8-K dated March 7, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.4   Separation Agreement between Stephen Kelly and Chordiant Software, Inc. Dated March 18, 2006
10.5   Separation Agreement between George de Urioste and Chordiant Software, Inc. Dated March 8, 2006
31.1   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule15d-14(a).
31.2   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule15d-14(a).
31.3   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule15d-14(a).
32.1   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule15d-14(a) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350).

* Compensation agreement

 

55

EX-10.1 2 dex101.htm SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

Exhibit 10.1

 

LOGO   

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

OBLIGOR#

1480177482

  

    NOTE #

    75

  

AGREEMENT DATE

March 8, 2006

CREDIT LIMIT

$5,000,000

  

    INTEREST RATE

    Base Rate

   OFFICER NO./INITIALS

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into on March 8, 2006, between COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation, successor by merger to Comerica Bank-California (“Bank”) as secured party, whose Western Division headquarters office is 333 West Santa Clara Street, San Jose, California and the undersigned (“Borrower”), whose sole place of business (if it has only one), chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business) or residence (if an individual) is located at the address set forth below its name on the signature page to this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated August 31, 2000 (as modified, amended, supplemented or revised from time to time, the “Prior Agreement”) pursuant to which Bank has made certain credit facilities available to Borrower. Borrower and Bank desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety in accordance herewith.

NOW THEREFOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions hereof, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in full as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 “Accounts” shall mean and includes all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, including without limitation all accounts receivable, contract rights and other forms of right to payment for monetary obligations or receivables for property sold or to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or for services rendered or to be rendered (including without limitation all health-care-insurance receivables and the licensing of software and other technology) owing to Borrower, and any supporting obligations, credit insurance, guaranties or security therefor, irrespective of whether earned by performance.

1.2 “Agreement” shall mean and includes this Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (Accounts and Inventory), any concurrent or subsequent rider to this Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (Accounts and Inventory) and any extensions, supplements, amendments or modifications to this Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (Accounts and Inventory) and/or to any such rider.

1.3 “Bank Expenses” shall mean and includes: all reasonable costs or expenses required to be paid by Borrower under this Agreement which are paid or advanced by Bank; taxes and insurance premiums of every nature and kind of Borrower paid by Bank; filing, recording, publication and search fees, appraiser fees, auditor fees and costs, and title insurance premiums paid or incurred by Bank in connection with Bank’s transactions with Borrower; costs and expenses incurred by Bank in collecting the Accounts (with or without suit) to correct any default or enforce any provision of this Agreement, or in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, disposing of, preparing for sale and/or advertising to sell the Collateral, whether or not a sale is consummated; costs and expenses of suit incurred by Bank in enforcing or defending this Agreement or any portion hereof, including, but not limited to, expenses incurred by Bank in attempting to obtain relief from any stay, restraining order, injunction or similar process which prohibits Bank from exercising any of its rights or remedies; and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Bank in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, amending, terminating, enforcing, defending or concerning this Agreement, or any portion hereof or any agreement related hereto, whether or not suit is brought. Bank Expenses shall include Bank’s in-house legal charges at reasonable rates.

1.4 “Base Rate” shall mean that variable rate of interest so announced by Bank at its headquarters office in Detroit, Michigan as its “Base Rate” from time to time and which serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto.

1.5 “Borrower’s Books” shall mean and includes all of Borrower’s books and records including but not limited to minute books; ledgers; records indicating, summarizing or evidencing Borrower’s assets (including, without limitation, the Accounts), liabilities, business operations or financial condition, and all information relating thereto, computer programs; computer disk or tape files; computer printouts; computer runs; and other computer prepared information and equipment of any kind.


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

1.6 “Collateral” shall mean the property described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

1.7 “Copyrights” shall mean any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

1.8 “Credit” shall mean all Indebtedness, except that Indebtedness arising pursuant to any other separate contract, instrument, note, or other separate agreement which, by its terms, provides for a specified interest rate and term.

1.9 “Credit Limit” shall mean Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

1.10 “Current Liabilities” shall mean, in respect of a Person and as of any applicable date of determination, all liabilities of such Person that should be classified as current in accordance with GAAP.

1.11 “Daily Balance” shall mean the amount determined by taking the amount of the Credit owed at the beginning of a given day, adding any new Credit advanced or incurred on such date, and subtracting any payments or collections which are deemed to be paid and are applied by Bank in reduction of the Credit on that date under the provisions of this Agreement.

1.12 “Debt” shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, all items of indebtedness, obligation or liability of a Person, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, that should be classified as liabilities in accordance with GAAP. In the case of Borrower, the term “Debt” shall include, without limitation, the Indebtedness.

1.13 “Exchange Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

1.14 “Exchange Contract Obligations” shall mean the gross amount of all outstanding Exchange Contracts.

1.15 “Event of Default” shall mean one or more of those events described in Section 7 contained herein below.

1.16 “GAAP” shall mean, as of any applicable period, generally accepted accounting principles in effect during such period.

1.17 “General Intangibles” shall mean and includes all of Borrower’s present and future general intangibles and other personal property (including without limitation all payment intangibles, electronic chattel paper, contract rights, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill, patents, trade names, trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights, blueprints, drawings, plans, diagrams, schematics, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment (including without limitation, rights to payment evidenced by chattel paper, documents or instruments) and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, infringement claims, software (including without limitation any computer program that is embedded in goods that consist solely of the medium in which the program is embedded), information contained on computer disks or tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims), other than goods, Accounts, Inventory, Negotiable Collateral, and Borrowers Books.

1.18 “Indebtedness” shall mean and includes any and all loans, advances, Letter of Credit Obligations, Exchange Contract Obligations, overdrafts, debts, liabilities (including, without limitation, any and all amounts charged to Borrower’s loan account pursuant to any agreement authorizing Bank to charge Borrower’s loan account), obligations, lease payments, guaranties, covenants and duties owing by Borrower to Bank of any kind and description whether advanced pursuant to or evidenced by this Agreement; by any note or other Instrument; or by any other agreement between Bank and Borrower and whether or not for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, any interest, fees, expenses, costs and other amounts owed to Bank that but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code would have accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, and including, without limitation, any debt, liability, or obligations owing from Borrower to others which Bank may have obtained by assignment, participation, purchase or otherwise, and further including, without limitation, all interest not paid when due and all Bank Expenses which Borrower is required to pay or reimburse by this Agreement, by law, or otherwise.

1.19 “Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean and includes any proceeding or case commenced by or against Borrower, or any guarantor of Borrower’s Indebtedness, or any of Borrower’s account debtors, under any provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including, but not limited to assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoriums, composition or extensions with some or all creditors, any proceeding seeking a reorganization, arrangement or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law.

 

2


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

1.20 “Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

a. Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

b. Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

c. Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

d. Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

e. All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

f. All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

g. All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

1.21 “Inventory” shall mean and includes all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including, but not limited to, goods held by Borrower for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service and all of Borrower’s present and future raw materials, work in process, finished goods (including without limitation any computer program embedded in any of the foregoing goods and any supporting information provided in connection therewith that (i) is associated with the goods in such a manner that the program customarily is considered part of the goods or that (ii) by becoming the owner of the goods, a person acquires a right to use the program in connection with the goods), together with any advertising materials and packing and shipping materials, wherever located and any documents of title representing any of the above, and any equipment, fixtures or other property used in the storing, moving, preserving, identifying, accounting for and shipping or preparing for the shipping of inventory, and any and all other items hereafter acquired by Borrower by way of substitution, replacement, return, repossession or otherwise, and all additions and accessions thereto, and the resulting product or mass, and any documents of title respecting any of the above.

1.22 “Judicial Officer or Assignee” shall mean and includes any trustee, receiver, controller, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or any other person or entity having powers or duties like or similar to the powers and duties of trustee, receiver, controller, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors.

1.23 “Letter of Credit Obligations” shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, the sum of the undrawn amount of any letter(s) of credit issued by Bank upon the application of and/or for the account of Borrower, plus any unpaid reimbursement obligations owing by Borrower to Bank in respect of any such letter(s) of credit.

1.24 “Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

1.25 “Liquidity Ratio” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, a ratio: (a) the numerator of which is the sum of all unrestricted cash and cash equivalents deposited in accounts maintained at the Bank as of the date of such determination, and (b) the denominator of which is the Credit Limit.

1.26 “Negotiable Collateral” shall mean and include all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit, advises of credit, letter-of-credit rights, certificates of deposit, notes, drafts, money, documents (including without limitation all negotiable documents), instruments (including without limitation all promissory notes), tangible chattel paper or any other similar property.

1.27 “Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

1.28 “Permitted Indebtedness” means:

a. Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

3


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

b. Indebtedness existing on the date of closing and disclosed in the Schedule;

c. Indebtedness secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness; and

d. Subordinated Debt;

1.29 “Permitted Investment” means:

a. Investments existing on the date of closing disclosed in the Schedule; and

b. Investments made in accordance with Borrower’s Investment Policy Guidelines, attached hereto as Exhibit “D”. Changes to the attached Investment Policy Guidelines are subject to the Bank’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

1.30 “Permitted Liens” means the following:

a. Any Liens existing on the date of closing and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

b. Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

c. Liens (i) upon or in any equipment acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such equipment, or (ii) existing on such equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such equipment; and

d. Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

1.31 “Person” or “person” shall mean and includes any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, firm, association, trust, unincorporated association, joint stock company, government, municipality, political subdivision or agency or other entity.

1.32 “Quick Assets” shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit or marketable securities with maturities not to exceed one year and net accounts receivable arising from the sale of goods and services, and United States government securities and/or claims against the United States government of Borrower and its subsidiaries.

1.33 “Quick Ratio” shall mean, as of an applicable date of determination, Quick Assets divided by Current Liabilities, less deferred revenue.

1.34 “Subordinated Debt” shall mean indebtedness of Borrower to third parties which has been subordinated to the Indebtedness pursuant to a subordination agreement in form and content satisfactory to Bank.

1.35 “Subordination Agreement” shall mean a subordination agreement in form satisfactory to Bank making all present and future indebtedness of Borrower to any Person who has entered into a Subordination Agreement in favor of Bank from time to time subordinate to the Indebtedness.

1.36 “Tangible Effective Net Worth” shall mean, with respect to any Person and as of any applicable date of determination, Tangible Net Worth plus Subordinated Debt.

 

4


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

1.37 “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, with respect to any Person and as of any applicable date of determination, the excess of:

a. the net book value of all assets of such Person (excluding affiliate receivables, patents, patent rights, trademarks, trade names, franchises, copyrights, licenses, goodwill, and all other intangible assets of such Person) after all appropriate deductions in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization), over

b. all Debt of such Person at such time.

1.38 “Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Any and all terms used in the foregoing definitions and elsewhere in this Agreement shall be construed and defined in accordance with the meaning and definition of such terms under and pursuant to the California Uniform Commercial Code (hereinafter referred to as the “Uniform Commercial Code”) as amended, revised or replaced from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties intend that the terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code have, at all times, the broadest and most inclusive meanings possible. Accordingly, if the Uniform Commercial Code shall in the future be amended or held by a court to define any term used herein more broadly or inclusively than the Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date of this Agreement, then such term, as used herein, shall be given such broadened meaning. If the Uniform Commercial Code shall in the future be amended or held by a court to define any term used herein more narrowly, or less inclusively, than the Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date of this Agreement, such amendment or holding shall be disregarded in defining terms used in this Agreement.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

For value received, Borrower promises to pay to the order of Bank such amount, as provided for below, together with interest, as provided for below.

2.1 Upon the request of Borrower, made at any time and from time to time during the term hereof, and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, Bank shall lend to Borrower an amount equal to the Credit Limit; provided, however, that the Daily Balance shall not exceed the Credit Limit, minus all Letter of Credit Obligations and all Exchange Contract Obligations. If at any time for any reason, the amount of Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank pursuant to this Section 2.1 and Section 2.3 of this Agreement is greater than the aggregate amount available to be drawn under this Section 2.1, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

2.2 Except as hereinbelow provided, the Credit shall bear interest, on the Daily Balance owing, at a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the Base Rate.

All interest chargeable under this Agreement that is based upon a per annum calculation shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for actual days elapsed. The Base Rate as of the date of this Agreement is seven and one half percent (7.50%) per annum. In the event that the Base Rate announced is, from time to time hereafter, changed, adjustment in the Base Rate shall be made and based on the Base Rate in effect on the date of such change. The Base Rate, as adjusted, shall apply to the Credit until the Base Rate is adjusted again.

All interest payable by Borrower under the Credit shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month during the term of this Agreement. A late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late payment may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date, but acceptance of payment of this charge shall not waive any Event of Default under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, and without constituting a waiver of any such Event of Default, then during the continuation thereof, at Bank’s option, the Credit shall bear interest, on the Daily Balance owing, at a rate equal to three percent (3%) per year in excess of the rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default, and such rate of interest shall fluctuate thereafter from time to time at the same time and in the same amount as any fluctuation in the rate of interest applicable immediately prior to any such occurrence.

2.3 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the request of Borrower, made at any time and from time to time during the term hereof, and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, Bank agrees to issue or cause to be issued letters of credit for the account of Borrower during the term of this Agreement in the aggregate outstanding face amount not to exceed (i) the Credit Limit, minus (ii) the then outstanding Daily Balance. All letters of credit shall be, in form and substance, acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form of standard Letter of Credit Application and Agreement.

 

5


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under letters of credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Letter of Credit Application and Agreement with respect to each such letter of credit. Borrower shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Bank harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Bank, whether in-house or outside counsel is used, arising out of or in connection with any letters of credit.

2.4 Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Borrower may utilize up to Three Million and 00/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) of the Credit for foreign exchange contracts with Bank (the “Exchange Contracts”). Borrower shall execute all standard form applications and agreements of Bank in connection with the Exchange Contracts pursuant to which Bank shall sell to or purchase from Borrower foreign currency on a spot or future basis and, without limiting any of the terms of such applications and agreements, Borrower will pay all standard fees and charges of Bank in connection with the Exchange Contracts. No Exchange Contracts shall be purchased or sold unless, on the date of the proposed sale or purchase, the advances available to Borrower under the Credit are equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Exchange Contracts. Except in Bank’s discretion, the aggregate amount of Exchange Contract Obligations shall not at any time exceed Thirty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($30,000,000.00).

a. Bank may, in its discretion, terminate the Exchange Contracts at any time (a) that an Event of Default occurs; or (b) that there is no sufficient availability under the Credit and Borrower does not have available funds in its bank account to satisfy the Exchange Contract. If Bank terminates the Exchange Conti and without limitation of any applicable indemnities, Borrower agrees to reimburse Bank for any and all fees, costs and expenses relating thereto or arising in connection therewith.

2.5 In addition to any other amounts due or to become due under this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Bank the following fees:

a. In connection with the financial accommodations provided to Borrower under this Agreement, on the date hereof, a commitment fee in an amount equal to Eight Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($8,500), which shall be fully earned and non-refundable on the date of payment thereof.

b. In connection with the financial accommodations provided to Borrower under this Agreement, an annual fee in the amount of Eight Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($8,500), which shall be due and payable in arrears on the first anniversary date of the date of this Agreement, and which shall be fully earned and non-refundable on the date of payment thereof. In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to any such payment date, Borrower shall pay to Bank the ratable portion of the annual fee accrued since the last payment date through any such termination date.

c. In addition to all Bank’s customary charges, commissions, fees and costs payable to Bank in connection with the letters of credit in accordance with Letter of Credit Application and Agreement, Borrower shall pay Bank a fee equal to one and one half percentage points (1.50%) per annum (as adjusted from time to time by Bank and separately agreed upon between Borrower and Bank), computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for actual days elapsed, of the aggregate amount of all Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding hereunder.

3. TERM.

3.1 This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until March 7, 2008, unless earlier terminated by notice by Borrower. Notice of such termination by Borrower shall be effectuated by mailing of a registered or certified letter not less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such termination, addressed to Bank at the address set forth herein and the termination shall be effective as of the date so fixed in such notice.

3.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, should Borrower be in default of one or more of the provisions of this Agreement, Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time without notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should either Bank or Borrower become insolvent or unable to meet its debts as they mature, or fail, suspend, or go out of business, the other party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time without notice. On the date of termination all Indebtedness shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand; provided, however, that no such notice of termination by Borrower shall be effective until the payment in full in cash of all Indebtedness to Bank (including without limitation the expiration or cash collateralization of all Letter of Credit Obligations and Exchange Contract Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement). Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, and Bank shall have no obligation to make any loans or issue any letters of credit on or after the termination date stated in such notice. Borrower may elect to terminate this Agreement in its entirety only. No section of this Agreement or type of loan available hereunder may be terminated singly.

 

6


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

3.3 All undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties, and representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement entered into with or in favor of Bank in connection herewith shall survive any such termination, and Bank shall retain its security interest in and to all existing Collateral and Collateral arising thereafter, any and all liens thereon, and all of its rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement entered into with or in favor of Bank in connection herewith notwithstanding such termination until the payment in full in cash of all Indebtedness to Bank (including, without limitation, the expiration or cash collateralization of all Letter of Credit Obligations and Exchange Contract Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the payment in full of all applicable termination charges, if any). Notwithstanding the satisfaction in full of the Indebtedness, Bank shall not be required to terminate its security interests in the Collateral unless, with respect to any loss or damage Bank may incur as a result of dishonored checks or other items of payment received by Bank and applied to the Indebtedness, Bank shall, at its option, (a) have received a written agreement, executed by Borrower and by any Person whose loans or other advances to Borrower are used in whole or in part to satisfy the Indebtedness, indemnifying Bank from any such loss or damage, or (b) have retained such monetary reserves and liens on the Collateral for such period of time as Bank, in its reasonable discretion, may deem necessary to protect Bank from any such loss or damage.

3.4 After termination and when Bank has received either (i) payment in full of Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank or (ii) a deposit of unencumbered cash (in form and subject to documentation reasonably acceptable to Bank) in an amount equal to such Indebtedness as security for such Indebtedness and is readily available for payment of such Indebtedness, Bank shall reassign to Borrower all Collateral held by Bank, and shall execute a termination of all security agreements and security interests given by Borrower to Bank.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Borrower hereby grants to Bank a continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter arising Collateral in order to secure prompt repayment of any and all Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank and in order to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each and all of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement and otherwise created. Bank’s security interest in the Collateral shall attach to all Collateral without further act on the part of Bank or Borrower. In the event that any Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Borrower, immediately upon the request of Bank, shall (a) endorse or assign such Negotiable Collateral to Bank, (b) deliver actual physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral to Bank, and (c) mark conspicuously all of its records pertaining to such Negotiable Collateral with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (and in the case of Negotiable Collateral consisting of tangible chattel paper, immediately mark all such tangible chattel paper with a conspicuous legend in form and substance satisfactory to Bank), indicating that the Negotiable Collateral is subject to the security interest granted to Bank hereunder.

4.2 Bank’s security interest in the Accounts shall attach to all Accounts without further act on the part of Bank or Borrower. Upon request from Bank, Borrower shall provide Bank with schedules describing all Accounts created or acquired by Borrower (including without limitation agings listing the names and addresses of, and amounts owing by date by account debtors), and shall execute and deliver written assignments of all Accounts to Bank all in a form acceptable to Bank; provided, however, Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver such schedules and/or assignments shall not affect or limit Bank’s security interest and other rights in and to the Accounts. Together with each schedule, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies of Borrower’s customers’ invoices or the equivalent, and original shipping or delivery receipts for all merchandise sold, and Borrower warrants the genuineness thereof. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank or Bank’s designee may notify customers or account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral and direct such customers or account debtors to make payments directly to Bank, but unless and until Bank does so or gives Borrower other written instructions, Borrower shall collect all Accounts for Bank, receive in trust all payments thereon as Bank’s trustee, and, if so requested to do so from Bank, Borrower shall immediately deliver said payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor and all letters of credit, advices of credit, instruments, documents, chattel paper or any similar property evidencing or constituting Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if sales of Inventory are made for cash, Borrower shall immediately deliver to Bank, in identical form, all such cash, checks, or other forms of payment which Borrower receives. The receipt of any check or other item of payment by Bank shall not be considered a payment on account until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment, in which event, said check or other item of payment shall be deemed to have been paid to Bank two (2) calendar days after the date Bank actually receives such check or other item of payment.

4.3 Bank’s security interest in Inventory shall attach to all Inventory without further act on the part of Bank or Borrower. Borrower will at Borrower’s expense pledge, assemble and deliver such Inventory to Bank or to a third party as Bank’s bailee; or hold the same in trust for Bank’s account or store the same in a warehouse in Bank’s name; or deliver to Bank documents of title representing said Inventory; or evidence of Bank’s security interest in some other manner acceptable to Bank. Until a default by Borrower under this Agreement or any other Agreement between Borrower and Bank, Borrower may, subject to the provisions hereof and consistent herewith, sell the Inventory, but only in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business. A sale of Inventory in Borrower’s ordinary course of business does not include an exchange or a transfer in partial or total satisfaction of a debt owing by Borrower.

 

7


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

4.4 Concurrently with Borrower’s execution of this Agreement, and at any time or times hereafter at the request of Bank, Borrower shall (a) execute and deliver to Bank security agreements, mortgages, assignments, certificates of title, affidavits, reports, notices, schedules of accounts, letters of authority and all other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and maintain perfected Bank’s security interest in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, (b) cooperate with Bank in obtaining a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank with respect to all deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter-of-credit rights, and (c) in the event that any Collateral is in the possession of a third party, Borrower shall join with Bank in notifying such third party of Bank’s security interest and obtaining an acknowledgment from such third party that it is holding such Collateral for the benefit of Bank. By authenticating or becoming bound by this Agreement, Borrower authorizes the filing of initial financing statement(s), and any amendment(s) covering the Collateral to perfect and maintain perfected Bank’s security interest in the Collateral. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s officers, employees or agents designated by Bank) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with power to sign the name of Borrower on any security agreement, mortgage, assignment, certificate of title, affidavit, letter of authority, notice of other similar documents which must be executed and/or filed in order to perfect or continue perfected Bank’s security interest in the Collateral, and to take such actions in its own name or in Borrower’s name as Bank, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or appropriate to establish exclusive possession or control (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) over any Collateral of such nature that perfection of Bank’s security interest may be accomplished by possession or control.

4.5 Bank (through any of its officers, employees or agents) shall have the right at any time or times after the occurrence of an Event of Default, provided that reasonable notice is provided, during Borrower’s usual business hours, or during the usual business hours of any third party having control over the records of Borrower, to inspect and verify Borrower’s Books in order to verify the amount or condition of, or any other matter, relating to, said Collateral and Borrower’s financial condition.

4.6 Effective only upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower appoints Bank or any other person whom Bank may designate as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, with power: to endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, notes, acceptances, money order, drafts or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; to sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Accounts, on drafts against account debtors, on schedules and assignments of Accounts, on verifications of Accounts and on notices to account debtors; to establish a lock box arrangement and/or to notify the post office authorities to change the address for delivery of Borrower’s mail addressed to Borrower to an address designated by Bank, to receive and open all mail addressed to Borrower, and to retain all mail relating to the Collateral and forward all other mail to Borrower; to send, whether in writing or by telephone, requests for verification of Accounts; and to do all things necessary to carry out this Agreement. Borrower ratifies and approves all acts of the attorney-in-fact. Neither Bank nor its attorney-in-fact will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgement or mistake of fact or law. This power being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable so long as any Accounts in which Bank has a security interest remain unpaid and until the Indebtedness has been fully satisfied.

4.7 In order to protect or perfect any security interest which Bank is granted hereunder, Bank may, in its sole discretion, discharge any lien or encumbrance or bond the same, pay any insurance, maintain guards, warehousemen, or any personnel to protect the Collateral, pay any service bureau, or, obtain any records, and all costs for the same shall be added to the Indebtedness and shall be payable on demand.

4.8 Borrower agrees that Bank may provide information relating to this Agreement or relating to Borrower to Bank’s parent, affiliates, subsidiaries and service providers.

4.9 Pursuant to the Negative Pledge Agreement dated as of March 28, 2003, Borrower, for itself and its Subsidiaries, agrees that it will not and that it will not permit its Subsidiaries to pledge or otherwise grant a security interest in the Intellectual Property to any Person, other than the Bank, or enter into or be subject to any agreement with any other Person pursuant to which Borrower agrees for the benefit of such other Person that Borrower will not pledge or grant a security interest in the Intellectual Property, all without the Bank’s prior written consent.

5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

5.1 Conditions precedent to the making of the loans and the extension of the financial accommodations hereunder, Borrower shall execute, or cause to be executed, and deliver to Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank and its counsel, the following:

a. This Agreement and other documents, instruments and agreements required by Bank;

 

8


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

b. Certified copies of all actions taken by Borrower, any grantor of a security interest to Bank to secure the Indebtedness, and any guarantor of the Indebtedness, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other documents, instruments or agreements entered into in connection herewith, and authorizing specific officers to execute and deliver any such documents, instruments and agreements;

c. A certificate of good standing showing that Borrower is in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation or formation and certificates indicating that Borrower is qualified to transact business and is in good standing in any other state in which it conducts business;

d. UCC searches and financing statements, tax lien and litigation searches, fictitious business statement filings, insurance certificates, notices or other similar documents which Bank may require and in such form as Bank may require, in order to reflect, perfect or protect Bank’s first priority security interest in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement;

e. Evidence that Borrower has obtained insurance and acceptable endorsements;

f. Such collateral access agreements from each lessor, warehouseman, bailee, and other Person as Bank may require, duly executed by each such Person; and

g. Warranties and representations of officers.

6. WARRANTIES. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS.

6.1 If so requested by Bank, Borrower shall, at such intervals designated by Bank, during the term hereof execute and deliver a Report of Accounts Receivable or similar report, in form customarily used by Bank.

6.2 If any warranty is breached as to any Account, or any Account is not paid in full by an account debtor within ninety (90) days from the date of invoice, or an account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto, or a petition in bankruptcy or other application for relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other insolvency law is filed by or against an account debtor, or an account debtor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, becomes insolvent, fails or goes out of business, then Bank may deem ineligible any and all Accounts owing by that account debtor. Bank shall retain its security interest in all Accounts, whether eligible or ineligible, until all Indebtedness has been fully paid and satisfied. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its customers, will be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist at this time. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims, where the return, recovery, dispute or claim involves more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). Any merchandise which is returned by an account debtor or otherwise recovered shall be set aside, marked with Bank’s name, and Bank shall retain a security interest therein. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes and claims and settle or adjust them on terms approved by Bank. After default by Borrower hereunder, no discount, credit or allowance shall be granted to any account debtor by Borrower and no return of merchandise shall be accepted by Borrower without Bank’s consent. Bank may, after default by Borrower, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts and upon terms which Bank considers advisable, and in such cases Bank will credit Borrower’s loan account with only the net amounts received by Bank in payment of the Accounts, after deducting all Bank Expenses in connection therewith.

6.3 Borrower warrants, represents, covenants and agrees that:

a. Borrower has good and marketable title to the Collateral. Bank has and shall continue to have a first priority perfected security interest in and to the Collateral. The Collateral shall at all times remain free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens;

b. All Accounts are and will, at all times pertinent hereto, be bona fide existing obligations created by the sale and delivery of merchandise or the rendition of services to account debtors in the ordinary course of business, free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens and are unconditionally owed to Borrower without defenses, disputes, offsets counterclaims, rights of return or cancellation, and Borrower shall have received no notice of actual or imminent bankruptcy or insolvency of any account debtor at the time an Account due from such account debtor is assigned to Bank; and

c. At the time each Account is assigned to Bank, all property giving rise to such Account shall have been delivered to the account debtor or to the agent for the account debtor for immediate shipment to, and unconditional acceptance by, the account debtor. Borrower shall deliver to Bank, as Bank may from time to time require, delivery receipts, customer’s purchase orders, shipping instructions, bills of lading and any other evidence of shipping arrangements. Absent such a request by Bank, copies of all such documentation shall be held by Borrower as custodian for Bank.

 

9


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

6.4 Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule, Borrower’s rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than five percent (5%) of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.

6.5 Borrower shall keep the Inventory only at the following locations: 20400 Stevens Creek Boulevard, Suite 400, Cupertino, California 95014 and the owner or mortgagees of the respective locations are:                                         .

a. Borrower, immediately upon demand by Bank therefor, shall now and from time to time hereafter, at such intervals as are reasonably requested by Bank, deliver to Bank, designations of Inventory specifying Borrower’s cost of Inventory, the wholesale market value thereof and such other matters and information relating to the Inventory as Bank may request;

b. All of the Inventory is and shall remain free from all purchase money or other security interests, or Liens, except for Permitted Liens;

c. Borrower does now keep and hereafter at all times shall keep correct and accurate records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality and quantity of the Inventory, its cost therefor and selling price thereof, and the daily withdrawals therefrom and additions thereto, all of which records shall be available upon demand to any of Bank’s officers, agents and employees for inspection and copying;

d. All Inventory, now and hereafter at all times, shall be new Inventory of good and merchantable quality free from material defects;

e. Inventory is not now and shall not at any time or times hereafter be located or stored with a bailee, warehouseman or other third party without Bank’s prior written consent, and, in such event, Borrower will concurrently therewith cause any such bailee, warehouseman or other third party to issue and deliver to Bank, warehouse receipts in Bank’s name evidencing the storage of Inventory and/or an acknowledgment by such bailee of Bank’s prior rights in the Inventory, in each case in form and substance acceptable to Bank, in any event, Borrower shall instruct any third party to hold all such Inventory for Bank’s account subject to Bank’s security interests and its instructions; and

f. Bank shall have the right upon demand now and/or at all times hereafter, during Borrower’s usual business hours, after reasonable notice, to inspect and examine the Inventory and to check and test the same as to quality, quantity, value and condition and Borrower agrees to reimburse Bank for Bank’s reasonable costs and expenses in so doing.

6.6 Borrower represents, warrants and covenants with Bank that Borrower will not, without Bank’s prior written consent:

a. Grant a security interest in or permit a lien, claim or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral or the Intellectual Property to any person, association, firm, corporation, entity or governmental agency or instrumentality;

b. Permit any levy, attachment or restraint to be made affecting any of Borrower’s assets;

c. Permit any Judicial Officer or Assignee to be appointed or to take possession of any or all of Borrower’s assets;

d. Other than sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, to sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of, move, or transfer, whether by sale or otherwise, any of Borrower’s assets;

e. Change its name, the location of its sole place of business, chief executive office or residence, business structure, corporate identity or structure, form of organization or the state in which it has been formed or organized; add any new fictitious names, liquidate, merge or consolidate with or into any other business organization;

 

10


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

f. Move or relocate any Collateral;

g. Acquire any other business organization unless such acquisition is permitted under Clause r. of this Section 6;

h. Enter into any transaction not in the usual course of Borrower’s business;

i. Make any change in Borrower’s financial structure or in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations which would materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to repay Borrower’s Indebtedness;

j. Incur any debts outside the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, except Permitted Indebtedness;

k. Make loans, advances or extensions of credit to any Person, except Permitted Indebtedness;

l. Guarantee or otherwise, directly or indirectly, in any way be or become responsible for obligations of any other Person, whether by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of any other Person, agreement for the furnishing of funds to any other Person through the furnishing of goods, supplies or services, by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan, for the purpose of paying or discharging (or causing the payment or discharge of) the indebtedness of any other Person, or otherwise, except for the endorsement of negotiable instruments by Borrower in the ordinary course of business for deposit or collection and Permitted Indebtedness;

m. Make any payment on account of any Subordinated Debt except for regularly scheduled payments of interest and principal in accordance with the provisions of any Subordination Agreement executed by Bank and the subordinated debt holder, or amend any provision contained in any documentation relating to any such Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent;

n. (a) Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of properties and assets (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) except as to the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) change its name, consolidate with or merge into any other corporation, permit another corporation to merge into it, acquire all or substantially all the properties or assets of any other Person, enter into any reorganization or recapitalization or reclassify its capital stock, except as permitted under Clause r. of this Section 6, or (c) enter into any sale-leaseback transaction;

o. Purchase or hold beneficially any stock or other securities of, or make any investment or acquire any securities or other interest whatsoever in, any other Person, except for Permitted Investments;

p. Allow any fact, condition or event to occur or exist with respect to any employee pension or profit sharing plans established or maintained by it which might constitute grounds for termination of any such plan or for the court appointment of a trustee to administer any such plan;

q. Use any loan or other extension of credit under this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement entered into by Borrower with or in favor of Bank in connection with this Agreement for any purpose other than to refinance existing revolving debt, to provide working capital for its operations and for other general business purposes. In no event shall the funds from any such loan or other extension of credit be used directly or indirectly by any Person for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes or for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing, acquiring or carrying any “margin stock” or any “margin securities” (as such terms are defined respectively in Regulation U and Regulation G promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or to extend credit to others directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin securities. Borrower hereby represents and warrants that Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of Borrower’s important activities, in the business of extending credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying such margin stock or margin securities; and

r. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (collectively, “Merger and Acquisition Activities”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may engage in Merger and Acquisition Activities in which (i) such Merger and Acquisition Activities are generally in Borrower’s industry, (ii) Borrower is the surviving entity as a result of such transaction and there is no substantial change in Borrower’s executive management and the (iii) the consideration consists of its common stock or cash, and further provided that Borrower may not engage in any Merger and Acquisition Activities if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such proposed transaction or if an Event of Default would exist after giving effect to such transaction.

 

11


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

6.7 Borrower represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that:

a. Borrower’s true and correct legal name is that set forth on the signature page to this Agreement. Except as disclosed in writing to Bank on or before the date of this Agreement, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that set forth on the signature page to this Agreement;

b. If Borrower is an individual, the location (as determined pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code) of Borrower’s principal residence is that set forth following Borrower’s name on the signature page to this Agreement;

c. If Borrower is a registered organization that is organized under the laws of any one of the states comprising the United States (e.g. corporation, limited partnership, registered limited liability partnership or limited liability company), and is located (as determined pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code) in the state under the laws of which it was organized, Borrower’s form of organization and the state in which it has been organized are those set forth immediately following Borrower’s name on the signature page to this Agreement;

d. If Borrower is a registered organization organized under the laws of the United States, and Borrower is located in the state that United States law designates as its location or, if United States law authorizes Borrower to designate the state for its location, the state designated by Borrower, or if neither of the foregoing are applicable, at the District of Columbia (in each case as determined in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code), Borrower’s form of organization and the state or district in which it is located are those set forth immediately following Borrower’s name on the signature page to this Agreement;

e. If Borrower is a domestic organization that is not a registered organization under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (e.g. general partnership, joint venture, trust, estate or association), and Borrower is located (as determined pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code) at its sole place of business or, if it has more than one place of business, at its chief executive office, Borrower’s form of organization and the address of that location are those set forth on the signature page to this Agreement; and

f. If Borrower is a foreign individual or foreign organization or a branch or agency of a bank that is not organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, Borrower is located (as determined pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code) at the address set forth following Borrower’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

6.8 If Borrower is a corporation, Borrower represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

a. Borrower will not make any distribution or declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable in stock) to any shareholder, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or purchase, acquire, repurchase, or redeem or retire any of its capital stock; provided, however, Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase;

b. Borrower is and shall at all times hereafter be a corporation duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in California or any other state in which it conducts its business;

c. Borrower has the right and power and is duly authorized to enter into this Agreement; and

d. The execution by Borrower of this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s articles of incorporation or by-laws.

6.9 The execution of and performance by Borrower of all of the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement shall not result in a breach of or constitute an event of default under any agreement to which Borrower is now or hereafter becomes a party.

6.10 Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing of its acquisition by purchase, lease or otherwise of any after acquired property of the type included in the Collateral, with the exception of purchases of Inventory in the ordinary course of business.

6.11 All assessments and taxes, whether real, personal or otherwise, due or payable by, or imposed, levied or assessed against, Borrower or any of its property have been paid, and shall hereafter be paid in full, before delinquency. Borrower shall make due and timely payment or deposit of all federal, state and local taxes, assessments or contributions required of it by law, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or

 

12


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

deposit thereof. Borrower will make timely payment or deposit of all F.I.C.A. payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, and will upon request furnish Bank with proof satisfactory to it that Borrower has made such payments or deposit. If Borrower fails to pay any such assessment, tax, contribution, or make such deposit, or furnish the required proof, Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without notice to Borrower, (i) make payment of the same or any part thereof, or (ii) set up such reserves in Borrower’s loan account as Bank deems necessary to satisfy the liability therefor, or both. Bank may conclusively rely on the usual statements of the amount owing or other official statements issued by the appropriate governmental agency. Each amount so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute a Bank Expense and an additional advance to Borrower.

6.12 There are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any guarantor of Borrower before any court or administrative agency and Borrower has no knowledge of any pending, threatened or imminent litigation, governmental investigations or claims, complaints, actions or prosecutions involving Borrower or any guarantor of Borrower, except as heretofore specifically disclosed in writing to Bank. If any of the foregoing arise during the term of the Agreement, Borrower shall immediately notify Bank in writing.

6.13 Insurance.

a. Borrower, at its expense, shall keep and maintain its assets insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers and all other hazards and risks ordinarily insured against by other owners who use such properties in similar businesses for the full insurable value thereof. Borrower shall also keep and maintain business interruption insurance and public liability and property damage insurance relating to Borrower’s ownership and use of the Collateral and its other assets. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as may be satisfactory to Bank. Borrower shall deliver to Bank evidence of the payments of such policies of insurance and evidence of insurance on an ACORD 27 (in the case of property insurance) or ACORD 25 (in the case of liability insurance) form of certificate, each in effect for a period of not less than one year following the date of this Agreement. All such policies of insurance (except those of public liability and property damage) shall contain an endorsement in a form satisfactory to Bank showing Bank as a loss payee thereof, with a waiver of warranties satisfactory to Bank, and all proceeds payable thereunder shall be payable to Bank and, upon receipt by Bank, shall be applied on account of the Indebtedness owing to Bank. To secure the payment of the Indebtedness, Borrower grants Bank a security interest in and to all such policies of insurance (except those of public liability and property damage) and the proceeds thereof, and Borrower shall direct all insurers under such policies of insurance to pay all proceeds thereof directly to Bank.

b. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,

c. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s officers, employees or agents designated by Bank) as Borrower’s attorney for the purpose of making, selling and adjusting claims under such policies of insurance, endorsing the name of Borrower on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies of insurance. Borrower will not cancel any of such policies without Bank’s prior written consent. Each such insurer shall agree by endorsement upon the policy or policies of insurance issued by it to Borrower as required above, or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank at least ten (10) days written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance shall be altered or canceled, and that no act or default of Borrower, or any other person, shall affect the right of Bank to recover under such policy or policies of insurance required above or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. Bank, without waiving or releasing any Indebtedness or any Event of Default, may, but shall have no obligation to do so, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take any other action with respect to such policies which Bank deems advisable. All sums so disbursed by Bank, as well as reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Bank, whether in-house or outside counsel is used, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall constitute Bank Expenses and are payable on demand.

6.14 All financial statements and information relating to Borrower which have been or may hereafter be delivered by Borrower to Bank are true and correct and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower since the submission of such financial information to Bank.

6.15 Financial Reporting.

a. Borrower at all times hereafter shall maintain a standard and modern system of accounting in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with ledger and account cards and/or computer tapes and computer disks, computer printouts and computer records pertaining to the Collateral which contain information as may from time to time be requested by Bank, not modify or change its method of accounting or enter into, modify or terminate any agreement presently existing, or at any time hereafter entered into with any third party accounting firm and/or service bureau for the preparation and/or storage of Borrower’s accounting records without notifying Bank in writing and without said accounting firm and/or

 

13


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

service bureau agreeing to provide information regarding the Accounts and Inventory and Borrower’s financial condition to Bank; permit Bank and any of its employees, officers or agents, upon demand, during Borrower’s usual business hours, or the usual business hour of third persons having control thereof, to have access to and examine all of Borrower’s Books relating to the Collateral, Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank, Borrower’s financial condition and the results of Borrower’s operations and in connection therewith, permit Bank or any of its agents, employees or officers to copy and make extracts therefrom.

b. Borrower shall deliver to Bank within fifty (50) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of Borrower, a company prepared balance sheet and profit and loss statement covering Borrower’s operations and deliver to Bank within ninety five (95) days after the end of each of Borrower’s fiscal years an unqualified audited statement of the financial condition of Borrower for each such fiscal year, including but not limited to, a balance sheet and profit and loss statement and any other report requested by Bank relating to the Collateral and the financial condition of Borrower, and a covenant compliance certificate (delivered to Bank along with the quarterly and annual financial statements) signed by an authorized officer of Borrower and such officers certification to the effect that all reports, statements, computer disk or tape files, computer printouts, computer runs, or other computer prepared information of any kind or nature relating to the foregoing or documents delivered or caused to be delivered to Bank under this subparagraph are complete, correct and thoroughly present the financial condition of Borrower and that there exists on the date of delivery to Bank no condition or event which constitutes a breach or Event of Default under this Agreement

c. In addition to the financial statements requested above, Borrower agrees to provide or cause to be provided to the Bank:

 

  (1) intellectual property reports within ninety five (95) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower;

 

  (2) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time; and

 

  (3) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which copies may be provided by delivery of electronic links to public filings to Bank, within five (5) days of filing (or 95 days of calendar quarter end for the form 10-K or 50 days of calendar quarter end for the form 10-Q).

6.16 Borrower shall maintain the following financial ratios and covenants on a consolidated and non-consolidated basis:

 

  a. a Quick Ratio of not less than 2.00 to 1.00, which shall be monitored on a quarterly basis; and

 

  b. a Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.00 to 1.00 at all times.

All financial covenants shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement. All monies due from affiliates (including officers, directors and shareholders) shall be excluded from Borrower’s assets for all purposes hereunder.

6.17 Borrower shall promptly supply Bank (and cause any guarantor to supply Bank) with such other information (including tax returns) concerning its financial affairs (or that of any guarantor) as Bank may request from time to time hereafter, and shall promptly notify Bank of any material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition and of any condition or event which constitutes a breach of or an event which constitutes an Event of Default under this Agreement.

6.18 Borrower is now and shall be at all times hereafter solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

6.19 Borrower shall immediately and without demand reimburse Bank for all sums expended by Bank in connection with any action brought by Bank to correct any default or enforce any provision of this Agreement, including all Bank Expenses; Borrower authorizes and approves all advances and payments by Bank for items described in this Agreement as Bank Expenses.

6.20 Each warranty, representation and agreement contained in this Agreement shall be automatically deemed repeated with each advance and shall be conclusively presumed to have been relied on by Bank regardless of any

 

14


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

investigation made or information possessed by Bank. The warranties, representations and agreements set forth herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any and all other warranties, representations and agreements which Borrower shall give, or cause to be given, to Bank, either now or hereafter.

6.21 Borrower shall keep all of its principal bank accounts with Bank and, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, shall notify Bank immediately in writing of the existence of any other bank account, deposit account, or any other account into which money can be deposited.

6.22 Borrower shall furnish to Bank: (a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after Borrower knows or has reason to know that any reportable event with respect to any deferred compensation plan has occurred, a statement of the chief financial officer of Borrower setting forth the details concerning such reportable event and the action which Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of the notice of such reportable event given to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if a copy of such notice is available to Borrower; (b) promptly after the filing thereof with the United States Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, copies of each annual report with respect to each deferred compensation plan; (c) promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any notice Borrower may receive from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any deferred compensation plan; provided, however, this subparagraph shall not apply to notice of general application issued by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the Internal Revenue Service; and (d) when the same is made available to participants in the deferred compensation plan, all notices and other forms of information from time to time disseminated to the participants by the administrator of the deferred compensation plan.

6.23 Borrower is now and shall at all times hereafter remain in compliance with all federal, state and municipal laws, regulations and ordinances relating to the handling, treatment and disposal of toxic substances, wastes and hazardous material and shall maintain all necessary authorizations and permits.

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

a. If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement, contained in this Agreement (other than as described in clause (c) below), or any other present or future document, instrument or agreement between Borrower and Bank and in the case of such noncompliance under Sections 6.8, 6.10, 6.13, 6.15 and 6.16 of this Agreement, the continuation of such noncompliance for a period of 10 days (the “Cure Period”) after the earlier of Borrower’s knowledge thereof or Borrower’s receipt of notice from Bank thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 10 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 10 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no extensions of Credit will be made during such cure period;

b. If any representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered by Borrower, or any of its officers, employees or agents to Bank is not true and correct;

c. If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or declared due and payable, all or any portion of Borrower’s Indebtedness (whether of principal, interest, taxes, reimbursement of Bank Expenses, or otherwise);

d. If there is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of Borrower’s Indebtedness or a material impairment of the value or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;

e. If all or any material portion of Borrower’s assets are attached, seized, subject to a writ or distress warrant, or are levied upon, or come into the possession of any Judicial Officer or Assignee and the same are not released, discharged or bonded against within ten (10) days thereafter, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no extensions of Credit will be made during such cure period);

 

15


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

f. If any Insolvency Proceeding is filed or commenced by or against Borrower without being dismissed within thirty (30) days thereafter (provided that no extensions of Credit will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

g. If any proceeding is filed or commenced by or against Borrower for its dissolution or liquidation;

h. If Borrower is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs;

i. If a notice of lien, levy or assessment is filed of record with respect to any or all of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal or other government agency, or if any taxes or debts owing at any time hereafter to any one or more of such entities becomes a lien, whether inchoate or otherwise, upon any or all of Borrower’s assets and the same is not paid on the payment date thereof;

j. If a judgment or other claim (individually or in the aggregate in excess of $250,000) becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any or all of Borrower’s assets and the same is not satisfied, dismissed or bonded against within ten (10) days thereafter (provided that no extensions of Credit will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment);

k. If Borrower’s records are prepared and kept by an outside computer service bureau at the time this Agreement is entered into or during the term of this Agreement such an agreement with an outside service bureau is entered into, and at any time thereafter, without first obtaining the written consent of Bank, Borrower terminates, modifies, amends or changes its contractual relationship with said computer service bureau or said computer service bureau fails to provide Bank with any requested information or financial data pertaining to Bank’s Collateral, Borrower’s financial condition or the results of Borrower’s operations;

l. If Borrower permits a default in any material agreement to which Borrower is a party with third parties so as to result in an acceleration of the maturity of Borrower’s indebtedness in excess of $250,000 to others, whether under any indenture, agreement or otherwise;

m. If Borrower makes any payment on account of indebtedness which has been subordinated to Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank except as otherwise permitted under the terms of this Agreement;

n. If any misrepresentation exists now or thereafter in any warranty or representation made to Bank by any officer or director of Borrower, or if any such warranty or representation is withdrawn by any officer or director;

o. If any party subordinating its claims to that of Bank’s or any guarantor of Borrower’s Indebtedness dies, terminates its subordination or guaranty, violates the terms of the subordination or guaranty, becomes insolvent, or an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by or against any such subordinating party or guarantor;

p. If Borrower is an individual and Borrower dies;

q. If there is a change of ownership or control of fifty one percent (51%) or more of the issued and outstanding stock of Borrower; or

r. If any reportable event, which Bank determines constitutes grounds for the termination of any deferred compensation plan by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer any such plan, shall have occurred and be continuing thirty (30) days after written notice of such determination shall have been given to Borrower by Bank, or any such Plan shall be terminated within the meaning of Title IV of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), or a trustee shall be appointed by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such plan, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall institute proceedings to terminate any plan and in case of any event described in this Section 7, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under Sections 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA shall exceed five percent (5%) of Borrower’s Tangible Effective Net Worth.

Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 7 to the contrary, Bank shall refrain from exercising its rights and remedies and Event of Default shall thereafter not be deemed to have occurred by reason of the occurrence of any of the events set forth in Sections 7.e, 7.f or 7.j of this Agreement if, within ten (10) days from the date thereof, the same is released, discharged, dismissed, bonded against or satisfied; provided, however, if the event is the institution of Insolvency Proceedings against Borrower, Bank shall not be obligated to make advances to Borrower during such cure period.

 

16


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

8. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

8.1 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

a. Declare Borrower’s Indebtedness, whether evidenced by this Agreement, installment notes, demand notes or otherwise, immediately due and payable to Bank;

b. Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement, or any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

c. Terminate this Agreement as to any future liability or obligation of Bank, but without affecting Bank’s rights and security interests in the Collateral, and the Indebtedness of Borrower to Bank;

d. Without notice to or demand upon Borrower or any guarantor, make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of the Collateral and the premises (at no charge to Bank), or any part thereof, and to pay, purchase, contest or compromise any encumbrance, charge or lien which in the opinion of Bank appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith;

e. Without limiting Bank’s rights under any security interest, Bank is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral and Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreement shall inure to Bank’s benefit, and Bank shall have the right and power to enter into sublicense agreements with respect to all such rights with third parties on terms acceptable to Bank;

f. Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sales and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Inventory;

g. Sell or dispose the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as is commercially reasonable in the opinion of Bank. It is not necessary that the Collateral be present at any such sale. At any sale or other disposition of the Collateral pursuant to this Section, Bank disclaims all warranties which would otherwise be given under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation a disclaimer of any warranty relating to title, possession, quiet enjoyment or the like, and Bank may communicate these disclaimers to a purchaser at such disposition. This disclaimer of warranties will not render the sale commercially unreasonable;

h. Bank shall give notice of the disposition of the Collateral as follows:

(1) Bank shall give Borrower and each holder of a security interest in the Collateral who has filed with Bank a written request for notice, a notice in writing of the time and place of public sale, or, if the sale is a private sale or some disposition other than a public sale is to be made of the Collateral, the time on or after which the private sale or other disposition is to be made;

(2) The notice shall be personally delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to Borrower’s address appearing in this Agreement, at least ten (10) calendar days before the date fixed for the sale, or at least ten (10) calendar days before the date on or after which the private sale or other disposition is to be made, unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value. Notice to persons other than Borrower claiming an interest in the Collateral shall be sent to such addresses as have been furnished to Bank or as otherwise determined in accordance with Section 9611 of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

(3) If the sale is to be a public sale, Bank shall also give notice of the time and place by publishing a notice one time at least ten (10) calendar days before the date of the sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the sale is to be held; and

(4) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale.

 

17


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

i. Borrower shall pay all Bank Expenses incurred in connection with Bank’s enforcement and exercise of any of its rights and remedies as herein provided, whether or not suit is commenced by Bank;

j. Any deficiency which exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower. Any excess will be returned, without interest and subject to the rights of third parties, to Borrower by Bank, or, in Bank’s discretion, to any party who Bank believes, in good faith, is entitled to the excess;

k. Without constituting a retention of Collateral in satisfaction of an obligation within the meaning of 9620 of the Uniform Commercial Code or an action under California Code of Civil Procedure 726, apply any and all amounts maintained by Borrower as deposit accounts (as that term is defined under 9102 of the Uniform Commercial Code) or other accounts that Borrower maintains with Bank against the Indebtedness;

l. The proceeds of any sale or other disposition of Collateral authorized by this Agreement shall be applied by Bank first upon all expenses authorized by the Uniform Commercial Code and all reasonable attorney fees and legal expenses incurred by Bank, whether in-house or outside counsel is used, the balance of the proceeds of the sale or other disposition shall be applied in the payment of the Indebtedness, first to interest, then to principal, then to remaining Indebtedness and the surplus, if any, shall be paid over to Borrower or to such other person(s) as may be entitled to it under applicable law. Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency, which it shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand. Borrower agrees that Bank shall be under no obligation to accept any noncash proceeds in connection with any sale or disposition of Collateral unless failure to do so would be commercially unreasonable. If Bank agrees in its sole discretion to accept noncash proceeds (unless the failure to do so would be commercially unreasonable), Bank may ascribe any commercially reasonable value to such proceeds. Without limiting the foregoing, Bank may apply any discount factor in determining the present value of proceeds to be received in the future or may elect to apply proceeds to be received in the future only as and when such proceeds are actually received in cash by Bank; and

m. The following shall be the basis for any finder of fact’s determination of the value of any Collateral which is the subject matter of a disposition giving rise to a calculation of any surplus or deficiency under Section 9615(f) of the Uniform Commercial Code: (i) The Collateral which is the subject matter of the disposition shall be valued in an “as is” condition as of the date of the disposition, without any assumption or expectation that such Collateral will be repaired or improved in any manner; (ii) the valuation shall be based upon an assumption that the transferee of such Collateral desires a resale of the Collateral for cash promptly (but no later than 30 days) following the disposition; (iii) all reasonable closing costs customarily borne by the seller in commercial sales transactions relating to property similar to such Collateral shall be deducted including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, tax prorations, attorney’s fees, whether in-house or outside counsel is used, and marketing costs; (iv) the value of the Collateral which is the subject matter of the disposition shall be further discounted to account for any estimated holding costs associated with maintaining such Collateral pending sale (to the extent not accounted for in (iii) above), and other maintenance, operational and ownership expenses; and (v) any expert opinion testimony given or considered in connection with a determination of the value of such Collateral must be given by persons having at least 5 years experience in appraising property similar to the Collateral and who have conducted and prepared a complete written appraisal of such Collateral taking into consideration the factors set forth above. The “value” of any such Collateral shall be a factor in determining the amount of proceeds which would have been realized in a disposition to a transferee other than a secured party, a person related to a secured party or a secondary obligor under Section 9615(f) of the Uniform Commercial Code.

8.2 In addition to any and all other rights and remedies available to Bank under or pursuant to this Agreement or any other documents, instrument or agreement contemplated hereby, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (i) at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and/or (ii) termination of Bank’s commitment or obligation to make loans or advances or otherwise extend credit to or in favor of Borrower hereunder, in the event that and to the extent that there are any Letter of Credit Obligations and Exchange Contract Obligations outstanding at such time, upon demand of Bank, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, or cause to be delivered to Bank, cash collateral in an amount not less than such Letter of Credit Obligations and Exchange Contract Obligations, which cash collateral shall be held and retained by Bank as cash collateral for the repayment of such Letter of Credit Obligations and Exchange Contract Obligations, together with any and all other Indebtedness of Borrower to Bank remaining unpaid, and Borrower pledges to Bank and grants to Bank a continuing first priority security interest in such cash collateral so delivered to Bank. Alternatively, Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Bank an irrevocable standby letter of credit issued in favor of Bank by a bank acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion, in an amount not less than such Letter of Credit Obligations, and upon terms acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion.

8.3 Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided by law or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election or acquiescence by Bank.

 

18


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

9. TAXES AND EXPENSES REGARDING BORROWER’S PROPERTY. If Borrower fails to pay promptly when due to another person or entity, monies which Borrower is required to pay by reason of any provision in this Agreement, Bank may, but need not, pay the same and charge Borrower’s loan account therefor, and Borrower shall promptly reimburse Bank. All such sums shall become additional Indebtedness owing to Bank, shall bear interest at the rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by all Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute (i) an agreement by it to make similar payments in the future, or (ii) a waiver by Bank of any default under this Agreement. Bank need not inquire as to, or contest the validity of, any such expense, tax, security interest, encumbrance or lien and the receipt of the usual official notice of the payment thereof shall be conclusive evidence that the same was validly due and owing. Such payments shall constitute Bank Expenses and additional advances to Borrower.

10. WAIVERS.

10.1 Borrower agrees that checks and other instruments received by Bank in payment or on account of Borrower’s Indebtedness constitute only conditional payment until such items are actually paid to Bank and Borrower waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times hereafter received by Bank on account of Borrower’s Indebtedness and Borrower agrees that Bank shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and reapply such payments in any manner as Bank may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry by Bank upon its books.

10.2 Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Bank on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.3 Bank shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for (a) the safekeeping of the Inventory; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency or other person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of Inventory shall be borne by Borrower.

10.4 Borrower waives the right and the right to assert a confidential relationship, if any, it may have with any accountant, accounting firm and/or service bureau or consultant in connection with any information requested by Bank pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement, and agrees that a Bank may contact directly any such accountants, accounting firm and/or service bureau or consultant in order to obtain such information.

10.5 Co-Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees as follows:

a. Each Borrower agrees that it is jointly and severally, directly, and primarily liable to Bank for payment in full of the Indebtedness and that such liability is independent of the duties, obligations and liabilities of the other Borrower. The Agreement and each other document, instrument and agreement entered into by any one or more of the Borrowers in connection therewith (collectively, hereinafter, the “Loan Documents”) are a primary and original obligation of each Borrower, are not the creation of a surety relationship, and are an absolute, unconditional, and continuing promise of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity with respect to the Loan Documents. Each Borrower acknowledges that the obligations of such Borrower undertaken herein might be construed to consist, at least in part, of the guaranty of obligations of persons or entities other than such Borrower (including any other Borrower party hereto) and, in full recognition of that fact, each Borrower consents and agrees that Bank may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, whether before or after any actual or purported termination, repudiation, or revocation of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents by any one or more Borrowers, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof as to each Borrower: (a) supplement, restate, modify, amend, increase, decrease, extend, renew, accelerate, or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Indebtedness or any part thereof, including any increase or decrease of the rate(s) of interest thereon; (b) supplement, restate, modify, amend, increase, decrease or waive, or enter into or give any agreement, approval, or consent with respect to, the Indebtedness or any part thereof, or any of the Loan Documents or any additional security or guaranties, or any condition, covenant, default, remedy, right, representation or term thereof or thereunder; (c) accept new or additional instruments, documents or agreements in exchange for or relative to any of the Loan Documents or the Indebtedness or any part thereof; (d) accept partial payments on the Indebtedness; (e) receive and hold additional security or guaranties for the Indebtedness or any part thereof; (f) release, reconvey, terminate, waive, abandon, fail to perfect, subordinate, exchange, substitute, transfer, or enforce any security or guaranties, and apply any security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole and absolute discretion may determine; (g) release any Person from any personal liability with respect to the Indebtedness or any part thereof; (h) settle, release on terms satisfactory to Bank or by operation of applicable laws, or otherwise liquidate or enforce any Indebtedness and any security therefor or guaranty thereof in any manner, consent to the transfer of any security and bid and purchase at any sale; or (i) consent to the merger, change, or any other restructuring or termination of the corporate or partnership existence of any Borrower or any other Person, and correspondingly restructure the Indebtedness, and any such merger, change, restructuring, or termination shall not affect the liability of any Borrower or the continuing effectiveness hereof, or the enforceability hereof with respect to all or any part of the Indebtedness.

 

19


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

b. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Bank may enforce the Agreement and the other Loan Documents independently as to each Borrower and independently of any other remedy or security Bank at any time may have or hold in connection with the Indebtedness, and it shall not be necessary for Bank to marshal assets in favor of any Borrower or any other Person or to proceed upon or against or exhaust any security or remedy before proceeding to enforce the Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Borrower expressly waives any right to require Bank to marshal assets in favor of any Borrower or any other Person or to proceed against any other Borrower or any Collateral provided by any Person, and agrees that Bank may proceed against Borrowers or any Collateral in such order as it shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion.

c. Bank may file a separate action or actions against any Borrower, whether action is brought or prosecuted with respect to any security or against any other person, or whether any other person is joined in any such action or actions. Each Borrower agrees that Bank and any Borrower and any affiliate of any Borrower may deal with each other in connection with the Indebtedness or otherwise, or alter any contracts or agreements now or hereafter existing between any of them, in any manner whatsoever, all without in any way altering or affecting the continuing efficacy of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

d. Bank’s rights under the Loan Documents shall be reinstated and revived, and the enforceability of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue, with respect to any amount at any time paid on account of the Indebtedness which thereafter shall be required to be restored or returned by Bank, all as though such amount had not been paid. The rights of Bank created or granted herein and the enforceability of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents at all times shall remain effective to cover the full amount of all the Indebtedness even though the Indebtedness, including any part thereof or any other security or guaranty therefor, may be or hereafter may become invalid or otherwise unenforceable as against any Borrower and whether or not any other Borrower shall have any personal liability with respect thereto.

e. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that a Borrower is deemed a guarantor, each Borrower expressly waives any and all defenses now or hereafter arising or asserted by reason of (a) any disability or other defense of any other Borrower with respect to the Indebtedness, (b) the unenforceability or invalidity of any security or guaranty for the Indebtedness or lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of priority of any security for the Indebtedness, (c) the cessation for any cause whatsoever of the liability of any other Borrower (other than by reason of the full payment and performance of all Indebtedness), (d) any failure of the Bank to marshal assets in favor of Bank or any Borrower or any other person, (e) any failure of Bank to give notice of sale or other disposition of collateral to any Borrower or any other Person or any defect in any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or disposition of collateral, (f) any failure of Bank to comply with applicable law in connection with the sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Obligation, including any failure of Bank to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Obligation, (g) any act or omission of Bank or others that directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge or release of any Borrower or the Indebtedness or any security or guaranty therefor by operation of law or otherwise, (h) any law which provides that the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal or which reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligation in proportion to the principal obligation, (i) any failure of Bank to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person, (j) the election by Bank of the application or non-application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (k) any extension of credit or the grant of any lien under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (1) any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (m) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, (n) the avoidance of any lien in favor of Bank for any reason, or (o) any action taken by Bank that is authorized by the Agreement or any other provision of any Loan Document. Until such time as all of the Indebtedness have been fully, finally, and indefeasibly paid in full in cash: (i) each Borrower hereby waives and postpones any right of subrogation it has or may have as against any other Borrower with respect to the Indebtedness; and (ii) in addition, each Borrower also hereby waives and postpones any right to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of any other Borrower. Each Borrower expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Indebtedness, and all notices of acceptance of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents or of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Indebtedness.

f. In the event that all or any part of the Indebtedness at any time are secured by any one or more deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments creating or granting liens on any interests in real property, each Borrower authorizes Bank, upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at its sole option, without notice or demand and without affecting the obligations of any Borrower, the enforceability of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or the validity or enforceability of any liens of Bank, to foreclose any or all of such deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments by judicial or nonjudicial sale.

 

20


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

g. Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Agreement, each Borrower waives all rights and defenses that such Borrower may have because the Indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(1) Bank may collect from any Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal property pledged as Collateral by any other Borrower to secure the Indebtedness.

(2) If Bank forecloses on any real property pledged as Collateral by any Borrower:

 

(a) the amount of the debt may be reduced only by the price for which that Collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

 

(b) Bank may collect from any Borrower even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as Collateral, has destroyed any right that Borrower may have to collect from any other Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Borrower may have because the Indebtedness is secured by Real Property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

h. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that a Borrower is deemed a guarantor, each Borrower expressly waives any defenses to the enforcement of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any rights of Bank created or granted hereby or to the recovery by Bank against any Borrower or any other Person liable therefor of any deficiency after a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or sale, even though such a foreclosure or sale may impair the subrogation rights of Borrowers and may preclude Borrowers from obtaining reimbursement or contribution from other Borrowers. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower expressly waives any suretyship defenses or benefits that it otherwise might or would have under applicable law. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY BANK, EVEN THOUGH THAT ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE INDEBTEDNESS, HAS DESTROYED SUCH BORROWER’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST THE OTHER BORROWERS BY OPERATION OF LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SECTION 580d OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, OR OTHERWISE.

10.6 THE UNDERSIGNED AND THE BANK ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE INDEBTEDNESS.

10.7 Judicial Reference Provision.

This Reference Provision will be applicable so long as, under applicable law and precedent, a pre-dispute Jury Trial Waiver provision similar to that contained in Section 10.6 of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable. Delay in requesting appointment of a referee pending review of any such decision, or participation in litigation pending review, will not be deemed a waiver of this Reference Provision.

a. Other than (i) non-judicial foreclosure of security interests in real or personal property, (ii) the appointment of a receiver or (iii) the exercise of other provisional remedies (any of which may be initiated pursuant to applicable law), any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to the Agreement, will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Section 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court or Federal District Court in the County or District where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

b. The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. The referee shall be appointed to sit with all the powers provided by law. Each party shall have one peremptory challenge pursuant to CCP §170.6. Pending appointment of the referee, the Court has power to issue temporary or provisional remedies.

 

21


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

c. The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within ninety (90) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision. Any decision rendered by the referee will be final, binding and conclusive, and judgment shall be entered pursuant to CCP §644.

d. The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

e. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

f. The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, provide all temporary or provisional remedies, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a trial, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. The referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

g. If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL DISPUTES RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY, AND THAT THEY ARE IN EFFECT WAIVING THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN AGREEING TO THIS REFERENCE PROVISION. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM WHICH ARISES OUT OF OR IS RELATED TO THE AGREEMENT.

10.8 In the event that Bank elects to waive any rights or remedies hereunder, or compliance with any of the terms hereof, or delays or fails to pursue or enforce any term, such waiver, delay or failure to pursue or enforce shall only be effective with respect to that single act and shall not be construed to affect any subsequent transactions or Bank’s right to later pursue such rights and remedies.

11. ONE CONTINUING LOAN TRANSACTION. All loans and advances heretofore, now or at any time or times hereafter made by Bank to Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement between Bank and Borrower, shall constitute one loan secured by Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and by all other security interests, liens, encumbrances heretofore, now or from time to time hereafter granted by Borrower to Bank.

 

22


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

Notwithstanding the above, (i) to the extent that any portion of the Indebtedness is a consumer loan, that portion shall not be secured by any deed of trust or mortgage on or other security interest in Borrower’s principal dwelling which is not a purchase money security interest as to that portion, unless expressly provided to the contrary in another place, or (ii) if Borrower (or any of them) has (have) given or give(s) Bank a deed of trust or mortgage covering real property, that deed of trust or mortgage shall not secure the loan and any other Indebtedness of Borrower (or any of them), unless expressly provided to the contrary in another place.

12. NOTICES. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by either party on the other relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and sent by regular United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed to Borrower or to Bank at the addresses stated in this Agreement, or to such other addresses as Borrower or Bank may from time to time specify to the other in writing. Requests for information made to Borrower by Bank from time to time hereunder may be made orally or in writing, at Bank’s discretion.

13. AUTHORIZATION TO DISBURSE. Bank is hereby authorized to make loans and advances hereunder upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an officer, employee, or representative of Borrower, or at the discretion of Bank if said loans and advances are necessary to meet any Indebtedness of Borrower to Bank. Bank shall have no duty to make inquiry or verify the authority of any such party, and Borrower shall hold Bank harmless from any damage, claims or liability by reason of Bank’s honor of, or failure to honor, any such instructions.

14. PAYMENTS. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to deduct the full amount of any interest, fees, costs, or Bank Expenses due under this Agreement and not paid or collected when due in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof from any account maintained by Borrower with Bank. Should there be insufficient funds in any such account to pay all such sums when due, the full amount of such deficiency shall be immediately due and payable by Borrower; provided, however, that Bank shall not be obligated to advance funds to cover any such payment.

15. DESTRUCTION OF BORROWER’S DOCUMENTS. Any documents, schedules, invoices or other papers delivered to Bank, may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Bank six (6) months after they are delivered to or received by Bank, unless Borrower requests, in writing, the return of the said documents, schedules, invoices or other papers and makes arrangements, at Borrower’s expense, for their return.

16. CHOICE OF LAW. The validity of this Agreement, its construction, interpretation and enforcement, and the rights of the parties hereunder and concerning the Collateral, shall be determined according to the laws of the State of California. The parties agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated only in the state and federal courts in the Northern District of California or the County of Santa Clara.

17. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

17.1 This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by Borrower and accepted and executed by Bank at its Western Division headquarters office.

17.2 This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights hereunder without Bank’s prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void. No consent to an assignment by Bank shall release Borrower or any guarantor from their obligations to Bank. Bank may assign this Agreement and its rights and duties hereunder. Bank reserves the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in Bank’s rights and benefits hereunder. In connection therewith, Bank may disclose all documents and information which Bank now or hereafter may have relating to Borrower or Borrower’s business.

17.3 Paragraph headings and paragraph numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only; unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each paragraph applies equally to this entire Agreement. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, and the term “including” is not limiting. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

17.4 Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against Bank or Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise; on the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to fairly accomplish the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

17.5 Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

 

23


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

17.6 This Agreement cannot be changed or terminated orally. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties and negotiations, if any, related to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing.

17.7 The parties intend and agree that their respective rights, duties, powers, liabilities, obligations and discretions shall be performed, carried out, discharged and exercised reasonably and in good faith.

17.8 In addition, if this Agreement is secured by a deed of trust or mortgage covering real property, then the trustor or mortgagor shall not mortgage or pledge the mortgaged premises as security for any other indebtedness or obligations. This Agreement, together with all other indebtedness secured by said deed of trust or mortgage, shall become due and payable immediately, without notice, at the option of Bank, (a) if said trustor or mortgagor shall mortgage or pledge the mortgaged premises for any other indebtedness or obligations or shall convey, assign or transfer the mortgaged premises by deed, installment sale contract or other instrument; (b) if the title to the mortgaged premises shall become vested in any other person or party in any manner whatsoever, or (c) if there is any disposition (through one or more transactions) of legal or beneficial title to a controlling interest of said trustor or mortgagor.

17.9 Each undersigned Borrower hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally, directly, and primarily liable to Bank for payment and performance in full of all duties, obligations and liabilities under this Agreement and each other document, instrument and agreement entered into by Borrower with or in favor of Bank in connection herewith, and that such liability is independent of the duties, obligations and liabilities of any other Borrower or any other guarantor of the Indebtedness, as applicable. Each reference herein to Borrower shall mean each and every Borrower party hereto, individually and collectively, jointly and severally.

17.10 This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Agreement, together with each other document, instrument and agreement entered into with or in favor of Bank in connection herewith and in connection with the Prior Agreement, to the extent not amended and restated hereby, constitute the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, as applicable amends and restates in full the Prior Agreement and any other agreement, written or oral, with respect thereto. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Prior Agreement that are not amended and restated in connection with this Agreement.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

24


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Loan and Security Agreement (Accounts and Inventory) to be executed as of the date first hereinabove written.

 

    BORROWER:

Accepted and effective as of: March 8, 2006

at Bank’s Western Division Headquarters Office

 

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ Peter Norman

COMERICA BANK,   Name:   Peter Norman
a Michigan banking corporation   Title:   Chief Financial Officer
By:  

/s/ Benjamin Yu

   
Name:   Benjamin Yu    
Title:   Vice President    

 

Address for Bank Notices:

 

75 East Trimble Road

San Jose, California 95131

Attn: Credit Manager

Fax number: (408) 556-5091

  

Address for Borrower Notices:

 

20400 Stevens Creek Blvd.

Suite 400

Cupertino, California 95014

Attention: George de Urioste

Fax number: (408) 517-0270

 

25


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS SCHEDULE

 

26


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS SCHEDULE

 

27


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

PERMITTED LIENS SCHEDULE

 

28


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

EXHIBIT “A”

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

 

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and only if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of August 31, 2000, include the Intellectual Property but only to the extent necessary to permit perfection Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment and Bank shall have no right, title and interest in the Intellectual Property other than to perfect its security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 

29


Exhibit 10.1

EXHIBIT “B”

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M, P.S.T.

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1.30 P.M, P.S.T.

*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., P.S.T.

 

TO: Loan Analysis    DATE:                             TIME:                 
FAX #: (650) 846-6840                  

 

FROM:  

 

  TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):
  Borrower’s Name  
FROM:  

 

  The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.
  Authorized Signer’s Name  
FROM:  

 

 
  Authorized Signature (Borrower)           Authorized Requester & Phone #
PHONE #:  

 

 
            Received by (Bank) & Phone #
FROM ACCOUNT#:                                              
(please include Note number, if applicable)  
TO ACCOUNT #:                                                             Authorized Signature (Bank)
(please include Note number, if applicable)  

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE

 

REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT

  For Bank Use Only
PRINCIPAL INCREASE* (ADVAN   $                                                                  Date Rec’d:
PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)   $                                                                  Time:
    Comp. Status     YES     NO
OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:     Status Date:

 

    Time:

 

    Approval:

 

   

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate; provided, however, that those representations and warranties the date expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

*IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE)     YES    NO

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS    Fed Reference Number    Bank Transfer Number
The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

 

*Beneficiary Name   
*Beneficiary Account Number
*Beneficiary Address   
Currency Type                            US DOLLARS ONLY
*ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)
*Receiving Institution Name
*Receiving Institution Address
*Wire Amount    $

For Bank Use Only

CRA Purpose Code                  Risk Rate                  CRA Inc. $             Mat Date of Adv                  Mgmt Class                 

FED Call Code                  Autopay Info                  Coll Code                  Coll desc                  SIC                  Rate             

Pymt Sched                  Other                  Test Key #                  Appv’d                  Appv’d                  Confirm                 

Entered By                  Printed (Initials)                  Bkg Office #                  Reviewed By                 


Exhibit 10.1

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

EXHIBIT “C”

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO: COMERICA BANK

 

FROM: CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC. hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Amended Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

   Required    Complies

Quarterly Financial Statements (10Q)

   within 50 days of quarter-end    Yes    No

Annual (CPA Audited, 10K)

   within 95 days of FYE    Yes    No

Annual intellectual property report

   within 95 days of FYE    Yes    No

Financial Covenant

   Required    Actual    Complies

Minimum Liquidity Ratio at all times

   1.00:1.00            :1.00    Yes    No

Minimum Quick Ratio on a quarterly basis

   2.00:1.00            :1.00    Yes    No

 

Comments Regarding Exceptions:    BANK USE ONLY         
See Attached.            
   Received by:   

 

     
Sincerely,    AUTHORIZED SIGNER      
   Date:   

 

     

 

 

   Verified:   

 

     
SIGNATURE    AUTHORIZED SIGNER      

 

 

   Date:   

 

     
TITLE            

 

 

   Compliance Status    Yes        No
DATE            


    LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
    (ACCOUNTS AND INVENTORY)

 

EXHIBIT “D”

Investment Policy Guidelines to be Attached

 

2

EX-10.4 3 dex104.htm SEPARATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN STEPHEN KELLY AND CHORDIANT SOFTWARE Separation Agreement between Stephen Kelly and Chordiant Software

Exhibit 10.4

March 1, 2006

Stephen Kelly

Chordiant Software, Inc.

20400 Stevens Creek Blvd., Suite 400

Cupertino, CA 95014

Dear Stephen:

This letter sets forth the terms of the separation agreement (the “Agreement”) that Chordiant Software, Inc. (the “Company”) is offering to you to aid in your employment transition.

1. Separation Date. Your employment termination date will be May 1, 2006 (the “Separation Date”). Between now and the Separation Date, you will remain an employee of the Company under the same terms and conditions currently in effect, provided however, that as of the date of this Agreement, you will no longer serve as an officer of the Company.

2. Board of Directors. You will remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) until the date of the Company’s 2006 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting unless your resignation is required earlier due to the independence requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or NASDAQ Stock Market. On the Separation Date, you will tender your resignation from the Board to be effective on the date of the Company’s 2006 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting or such earlier date as may be required due to the independence requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or NASDAQ Stock Market.

3. Accrued Salary and Vacation Pay. On the Separation Date, the Company will pay you all accrued salary and all accrued and unused vacation (if any) earned by you through the Separation Date, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings. You are entitled to these payments by law.

4. Severance Benefits. The Company will provide you with the following severance benefits subject to the terms and conditions set forth below:

a. Salary Continuation. The Company will continue your base salary currently in effect ($400,000) for a twelve (12) month period following the Separation Date. These payments shall be made on the Company’s regular payroll schedule, beginning with the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Separation Date, and shall be subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

b. Bonus. If you earn your bonus for the first two quarters of the 2006 fiscal year under the terms of the Company’s 2006 Executive Bonus Plan, then the Company will pay you your bonus for those quarters at the range of 80% of your base salary, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the 2006 Executive Bonus Plan. Any such bonus shall be paid on the schedule set forth in the 2006 Executive Bonus Plan, and shall be subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

 

- 1 -


c. Equity Awards.

i. Restricted Stock. As you remain employed by the Company through April 1, 2006, you will vest in 100% of the shares subject to your restricted stock grant for 125,000 shares. Except as otherwise provided herein, this grant shall be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable plan documents and stock purchase agreement.

ii. Accelerated Vesting. The Company will accelerate the vesting of fifty percent (50%) of any unvested shares subject to any stock options that you have previously been granted by the Company. You and the Company acknowledge and agree the number of shares to be accelerated under this section 4(c)(ii) shall be 20,139 shares. These shares shall be deemed vested and exercisable as of the Separation Date. Except as otherwise provided herein, your option(s) shall be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable plan documents and option agreement.

iii. Post-Termination Exercise. You will have a one (1) year period following the effective date of your resignation from the Board to exercise any vested shares subject to any option(s) granted to you by the Company.

d. Outplacement Services. The Company will provide you with up to $5,000 of outplacement assistance through a provider acceptable to the Company, with payments to be made directly to the provider for services rendered.

e. Separation Date Release. As a condition to receiving the severance benefits set forth in this section 4, you are required to execute the Separation Date Release attached hereto as Exhibit A on the Separation Date, and to allow such release to become effective.

f. UK Compromise Agreement. As a further condition to receiving the severance benefits set forth in this section 4, you are required to execute the Compromise Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B within the period commencing on the Separation Date and ending 7 calendar days thereafter and to submit the signed Compromise Agreement to the Company before the end of this period.

5. Reimbursement of Legal Fees. The Company shall reimburse you for up to $2,000 in legal fees incurred for consultation regarding your employment status with the Company and for the review of the terms of this Agreement upon receipt of invoices for such services.

6. Health Insurance. You will continue to receive health insurance benefits under the Company’s group plans, as currently enrolled, through the Separation Date. After this date, and to the extent provided by the federal COBRA law or, if applicable, state insurance laws, and by the Company’s current group health insurance policies, you will be eligible to continue your group health insurance benefits at your own expense. Later, you may be able to convert to an

 

- 2 -


individual policy through the provider of the Company’s health insurance, if you wish. You will be provided with a separate notice describing your rights and obligations under the applicable state and/or federal insurance laws.

7. No Other Compensation or Benefits. You acknowledge that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, you have not earned and will not receive from the Company any additional compensation, severance, or benefits relating to or arising from your employment with the Company, after the Separation Date, with the exception of any vested right you may have under the express terms of a written ERISA-qualified benefit plan (e.g., 401(k) account). By way of example, you acknowledge that you are not owed any bonus, incentive compensation, or commissions, except as may be expressly provided herein.

8. Expense Reimbursement. You agree that, within thirty (30) days after the Separation Date, you will submit your final documented expense reimbursement statement reflecting all business expenses you incurred through the Separation Date, for which you seek reimbursement. The Company will reimburse you for such expenses pursuant to its regular business practice.

9. Return of Company Property. You agree to fulfill your obligation to within five days of your Separation Date return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property in your possession or control, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, correspondence, memoranda, notebooks, drawings, records, reports, lists, compilations of data, proposals, agreements, drafts, minutes, studies, plans, forecasts, purchase orders, business cards and stationery, financial and operational information, technical and training information, research and development information, customer information and contact lists, sales and marketing information, personnel information, vendor information, promotional literature and instructions, product and manufacturing information, computer-recorded information, electronic information (including e-mail and correspondence), other tangible property and equipment (including, but not limited to, computer equipment, facsimile machines, and cellular telephones), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof in whole or in part). You agree that you will immediately make a diligent search to locate any such documents, property and information. In addition, if you have used any personal computer, server, or e-mail system to receive, store, prepare or transmit any Company confidential or proprietary data, materials or information, you agree to within five days of your Separation Date provide the Company with a computer-useable copy of all such information and then permanently delete and expunge such Company confidential or proprietary information from those systems; and you agree to provide the Company access to your system as reasonably requested to verify that the necessary copying and/or deletion is completed. Your timely return of all such Company documents and other property is a precondition to your receipt of the severance benefits provided under this Agreement.

10. Proprietary Information Obligations. You acknowledge your continuing obligations under your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “Proprietary Information Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

- 3 -


11. Nondisparagement. You agree not to disparage the Company and its officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; and the Company (through its officers and directors) agrees not to disparage you in any manner likely to be harmful to you or your business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that you and the Company may respond accurately and fully to any inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

12. No Voluntary Adverse Action. You agree that you will not voluntarily (except in response to legal compulsion) assist any third party in bringing or pursuing any proposed or pending litigation, arbitration, administrative claim or other formal proceeding against the Company, its parent or subsidiary entities, affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents.

13. Cooperation. You agree to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters, arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of your employment by the Company. Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making yourself available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful, and accurate information in witness interviews and deposition and trial testimony. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses you incur in connection with any such cooperation (excluding forgone wages or other compensation) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate your scheduling needs. In addition, you agree to execute all documents (if any) necessary to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

14. No Admissions. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an admission by you or the Company of any liability, obligation, wrongdoing or violation of law.

15. Release of Claims. In exchange for the consideration under this Agreement to which you would not otherwise be entitled, you hereby generally and completely release, acquit and forever discharge the Company and its parent or subsidiary entities, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents, attorneys, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise from or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date you sign this Agreement. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to your compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance payments, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership or equity interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including but not limited to claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including but not limited to claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (the “ADEA”), the California Labor Code, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you are not

 

- 4 -


hereby releasing the Company from any obligation it may otherwise have to indemnify you for your acts within the course and scope of your employment with the Company, pursuant to the articles and bylaws of the Company, any fully executed written agreement with the Company, or applicable law. You represent that you have no lawsuits, claims or actions pending in your name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity subject to the release granted in this paragraph. In addition, you covenant not to sue, initiate, or continue any legal or administrative proceeding with regard to any or all claims you have released herein.

16. ADEA WAIVER. You hereby acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA and that the consideration given for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled. You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after you sign this Agreement; (b) you should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement (although you may voluntarily decide not to do so); (c) you have twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement (although you may choose to voluntarily execute this Agreement earlier); (d) you have seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement (in a written revocation sent to the Company’s Chairman); and (e) this Agreement will not be effective until the eighth day after this Agreement has been signed both by you and by the Company (the “Effective Date”).

17. Section 1542 Waiver. In giving the release set forth in this Agreement, which includes claims which may be unknown to you at present, you acknowledge that you have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” You hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Agreement.

18. Miscellaneous. This Agreement (including its Exhibits) constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to its subject matter. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. By way of example (and without limitation), this Agreement supersedes your offer letter dated November 14, 2002. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles, save for

 

- 5 -


Exhibit B, which shall be deemed to have been entered into, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of England. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. Any waiver of a breach of this Agreement, or rights hereunder, shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach or rights hereunder. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which shall be deemed to be part of one original, and facsimile signatures will suffice as original signatures.

If this Agreement is acceptable to you, please sign below and return the original to me.

Sincerely,

 

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven R. Springsteel

 

Exhibit A – Separation Date Release

EXHIBIT B - UK Compromise Agreement

Exhibit C – Proprietary Information Agreement

 

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:  

/s/ Steven Kelly

  Stephen Kelly   

Date: March 18, 2006

 

- 6 -


EXHIBIT A

SEPARATION DATE RELEASE

(To be signed on the Separation Date.)

In exchange for the severance benefits and other consideration provided to me by Chordiant Software, Inc. (the “Company”), and as required by my Separation Agreement with the Company, I hereby provide the following Separation Date Release (the “Release”).

I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, arising out of or in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to or at the time that I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership or equity interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the foregoing, I am not releasing the Company hereby from any obligation to indemnify me pursuant to the articles and bylaws of the Company, any valid fully executed indemnification agreement with the Company, applicable law, or applicable directors and officers liability insurance. I represent that I have no lawsuits, claims or actions pending in my name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity subject to the release granted in this paragraph.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph is in addition to anything of value to which I am already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign it earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke it by providing written notice of revocation to the Company’s Chairman; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth calendar day after the date I sign it (the “Effective Date”).

 

- 7 -


I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS. I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to my release of claims herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims.

 

By:  

 

  Stephen Kelly
Date:  

 

 

- 8 -


EXHIBIT B

UK Compromise Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made the      day of March 2006

BETWEEN:

 

(1) CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC a US corporation with its worldwide headquarters at 20400 Stevens Creek Blvd, Cupertino, CA, 95014, U.S.A. (the “Company”); and

 

(2) STEPHEN KELLY of 20400 Stevens Creek Blvd, Cupertino, CA, 95014, U.S.A. (“You/you”).

 

1. You acknowledge and agree that your employment with the Company will terminate on the 1 May 2006 (the “Termination Date”).

 

2. You warrant to the Company that you have received independent advice from [name of solicitor] of [name of solicitor’s firm] of [address of solicitor’s firm] (the “Relevant Independent Adviser”) as to the terms and effects of this Agreement under English law prior to your executing the same and, in particular, as to its effect on your ability to pursue any of the rights or claims set out in clause 3 of this Agreement. It is a condition of this Agreement that you will procure that the Relevant Independent Adviser executes the Relevant Independent Adviser’s Certificate set out in Appendix 1 to this Agreement and submits it to the Company within two working days of the date of this Agreement.

 

3. The payments and other benefits provided to you by the Company under this Agreement set out in the letter of March 1 are being paid to you by the Company and are hereby accepted by you in full and final settlement of any and all claims you have or may have against the Company, any Group Company (as defined below) or any of the officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Group Company, whether such claims arise out of or are in connection with your employment with the Company, any contract of employment between the Company and you, the termination of your employment with the Company, including, but not limited to, claims:

 

  3.1 for or in relation to: unfair dismissal; discrimination, harassment or victimisation on the grounds of your sex, marital status or gender; discrimination, harassment or victimisation on the grounds of your race, colour, nationality, or ethnic or national origins; discrimination, harassment or victimisation on the grounds of any disability you have or may have; a failure to make reasonable adjustments under Section 4A Disability Discrimination Act 1995; discrimination, harassment or victimisation on the grounds of sexual orientation, discrimination, harassment or victimisation on the grounds of religion or belief, unlawful or unauthorised deductions of or from wages; equal pay; you having made or threatened to make a “protected disclosure” within the meaning of Section 43A Employment Rights Act 1996; and any entitlement to a statutory or contractual redundancy payment;

 

- 9 -


  3.2 for or in relation to breach of contract or breach of the Working Time Regulations 1998, including, but not limited to, claims in respect of any unpaid salary, pay in lieu of notice, wrongful dismissal, holiday pay, sick pay, commission, pension contributions, bonus payments or incentive payments of any kind;

 

  3.3 arising under the common law (including, without limitation, all tortious claims) and all claims for breach of statutory duty, including, without limitation all personal injury claims arising from any illnesses, diseases, medical conditions, symptoms, accidents or injuries of which you are aware at the date of this Agreement;

 

  3.4 under the Employment Rights Act 1996; the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992; the National Minimum Wage Act 1998; the Working Time Regulations 1998; or under any other laws of England or the European Union,

Provided that nothing in this Agreement will affect any rights or settle any claims which you have or may have in relation to your accrued rights under any occupational pension scheme operated by the Company or in relation to any personal injury claims arising from any illnesses, diseases, medical conditions, symptoms, accidents or injuries of which you are unaware at the date of this Agreement.

 

4. You hereby warrant and represent that:

 

  4.1 you have raised each and every claim set out in Clause 3 above prior to entering into this Agreement; and

 

  4.2 in relation to any claim which you have not raised in Clause 3, you are not, to the best of your knowledge, having taken independent advice from the Relevant Independent Adviser, aware of any such claim or any facts or matters which might give rise to any such claim.

 

5. You acknowledge and agree that the severance benefits payable to you under section 4 of the separation agreement between the Company and you shall constitute good and valuable consideration for the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

6. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement satisfies the conditions for regulating compromise agreements under Section 203(3) of the Employment Rights Act 1996, Section 77(4A) of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, Section 72(4A) of the Race Relations Act 1976, Section 288(2B) of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, Section 9(3) of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, Regulation 35(3) of the Working Time Regulations 1998, Section 49(4) of the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, Regulation 9 of the Part-Time Workers (Prevention Of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003 and Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003.

 

- 10 -


7. In this Agreement “Group Company” means each and every company and/or corporation in any jurisdiction: (a) which from time to time is a subsidiary or a holding company of the Company; (b) which from time to time is a subsidiary of such holding company (excluding the Company); and (c) over which the Company or its holding company has control within the meaning of Section 416 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 (and where the terms “subsidiary” and “holding company” have the meanings attributed to them by section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) and the term “Group Companies” shall be construed accordingly.

 

8. You acknowledge and agree that the Company is entering into this Agreement not only for itself but also as the trustee of each Group Company. You agree that any Group Company shall be entitled to enforce any term of this Agreement that confers a benefit on that Group Company and that this clause shall be interpreted as complying with Section 1(a) of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 for this purpose. Except with respect to any Group Companies (which shall be deemed third party beneficiaries), no term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to this Agreement.

 

9. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the law of England and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

10. This Agreement is provided on a without prejudice basis but shall become binding on the parties at such time as it has been signed by both parties to this Agreement.

IN WITNESS the parties have signed this Agreement on the date written above.

 

Signed for and on behalf of

Chordiant Software, Inc:

  

 

 

Signed by Stephen Kelly:

  

 

 

 

- 11 -


Appendix 1

RELEVANT INDEPENDENT ADVISER’S CERTIFICATE

I, [name of solicitor] of [name of solicitor’s firm], solicitors, of [address of solicitor’s firm] hereby certify to CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC (the “Company”) that:

 

1. I am instructed by Stephen Kelly (the “Employee”).

 

2. At all times during which I have advised the Employee on the subject matter of the Compromise Agreement between the Company and the Employee (the “Agreement”) I have been a Relevant Independent Adviser as defined by Section 203(3A) of the Employment Rights Act 1996, Section 77(4B) of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, Section 72(4B) of the Race Relations Act 1976, section 288(4) of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, section 9(4) of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, section 35(4) of the Working Time Regulations 1998, Section 49(5) of the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, Regulation 9 of the Part-time Workers (Prevention of Less Favourable Treatment) Regulations 2000, Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, and Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003.

 

3. I have given independent advice to the Employee as to the terms and effect of the Agreement under English law prior to the Employee executing the same and, in particular, as to its effect on the Employee’s ability to pursue any rights or claims before an Employment Tribunal.

 

4. When I gave the advice referred to in sub-clause 3 above, there was in force a contract of insurance covering the risk of a claim by the Employee in respect of loss arising in consequence of the said advice.

 

Signed by the Relevant

Independent Adviser:

  

 

 

Dated:

  

 

  2006

 

- 12 -


EXHIBIT C

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

- 13 -

EX-10.5 4 dex105.htm SEPARATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN GEORGE DE URIOSTE AND CHORDIANT SOFTWARE Separation Agreement between George de Urioste and Chordiant Software

Exhibit 10.5

March 8, 2006

George de Urioste

Chordiant Software, Inc.

20400 Stevens Creek Blvd., Suite 400

Cupertino, CA 95014

Dear George:

This letter sets forth the terms of the separation agreement (the “Agreement”) that Chordiant Software, Inc. (the “Company”) is offering to you to aid in your employment transition.

1. Separation Date. As of today, you hereby resign from any officer or director positions that you hold with the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries (including your positions as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer), and the Company hereby accepts such resignations. Between today and March 31, 2006 (the “Separation Date”), you will remain an employee of the Company. You will have access to the Company’s email and voicemail systems, but will not have an office at the Company’s facilities after March 10, 2006.

2. Accrued Salary and Vacation Pay. On the Separation Date, the Company will pay you all accrued salary and all accrued and unused vacation (if any) earned by you through the Separation Date, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings. You are entitled to these payments by law.

3. Severance Benefits. If you sign the Separation Date Release attached hereto as Exhibit A on the Separation Date, and allow that release to become effective, then the Company will make a lump-sum severance payment to you in an amount equal to five (5) months of your base salary, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings. This amount shall be paid within five (5) days after the Separation Date Release Effective Date (as defined in Exhibit A).

4. Health Insurance. You will continue to receive health insurance benefits under the Company’s group plans, as currently enrolled, through the Separation Date. After this date, and to the extent provided by the federal COBRA law or, if applicable, state insurance laws, and by the Company’s current group health insurance policies, you will be eligible to continue your group health insurance benefits at your own expense. Later, you may be able to convert to an individual policy through the provider of the Company’s health insurance, if you wish. You will be provided with a separate notice describing your rights and obligations under the applicable state and/or federal insurance laws. As an additional severance benefit, if you sign the Separation Date Release and allow that release to become effective, then the Company will, for five (5) months after the Separation Date, reimburse you for premium payments sufficient to continue your group health insurance coverage at the level in effect as of the Separation Date (including dependent coverage, if any); provided, however, that your right to such payments shall cease on the date that you become eligible for group health insurance benefits through a new employer. You agree to promptly notify the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in writing if you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer during the reimbursement period.

 

- 1 -


5. Equity. Pursuant to the terms of the governing documents, your Company stock options will cease vesting as of the Separation Date. Your rights to exercise any vested option shares shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable option agreements and plan documents.

6. No Other Compensation or Benefits. You acknowledge that, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, you have not earned and will not receive from the Company any additional compensation, severance, or benefits relating to or arising from your employment with the Company, after the Separation Date, with the exception of any vested right you may have under the express terms of a written ERISA-qualified benefit plan (e.g., 401(k) account). By way of example, you acknowledge that you are not owed any bonus, incentive compensation, or commissions, except as may be expressly provided herein.

7. Expense Reimbursement. You agree that, within thirty (30) days after the Separation Date, you will submit your final documented expense reimbursement statement reflecting all business expenses you incurred through the Separation Date, for which you seek reimbursement. The Company will reimburse you for such expenses pursuant to its regular business practice.

8. Return of Company Property. You agree to fulfill your obligation to immediately return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property in your possession or control, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, correspondence, memoranda, notebooks, drawings, records, reports, lists, compilations of data, proposals, agreements, drafts, minutes, studies, plans, forecasts, purchase orders, business cards and stationery, financial and operational information, technical and training information, research and development information, customer information and contact lists, sales and marketing information, personnel information, vendor information, promotional literature and instructions, product and manufacturing information, computer-recorded information, electronic information (including e-mail and correspondence), other tangible property and equipment (including, but not limited to, computer equipment, facsimile machines, and cellular telephones), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof in whole or in part). You agree that you will immediately make a diligent search to locate any such documents, property and information. In addition, if you have used any personal computer, server, or e-mail system to receive, store, prepare or transmit any Company confidential or proprietary data, materials or information, you agree to immediately provide the Company with a computer-useable copy of all such information and then permanently delete and expunge such Company confidential or proprietary information from those systems; and you agree to provide the Company access to your system as reasonably requested to verify that the necessary copying and/or deletion is completed. Your timely return of all such Company documents and other property is a precondition to your receipt of the severance benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

- 2 -


9. Proprietary Information Obligations. You acknowledge your continuing obligations under your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “Proprietary Information Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

10. Nondisparagement. You agree not to disparage the Company and its officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; and the Company (through its officers and directors) agrees not to disparage you in any manner likely to be harmful to you or your business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that you and the Company may respond accurately and fully to any inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

11. No Voluntary Adverse Action. You agree that you will not voluntarily (except in response to legal compulsion) assist any third party in bringing or pursuing any proposed or pending litigation, arbitration, administrative claim or other formal proceeding against the Company, its parent or subsidiary entities, affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents.

12. Cooperation. You agree to cooperate fully with the Company in connection with its actual or contemplated defense, prosecution, or investigation of any claims or demands by or against third parties, or other matters, arising from events, acts, or failures to act that occurred during the period of your employment by the Company. Such cooperation includes, without limitation, making yourself available to the Company upon reasonable notice, without subpoena, to provide complete, truthful, and accurate information in witness interviews and deposition and trial testimony. The Company will reimburse you for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses you incur in connection with any such cooperation (excluding forgone wages or other compensation) and will make reasonable efforts to accommodate your scheduling needs. In addition, you agree to execute all documents (if any) necessary to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

13. No Admissions. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an admission by you or the Company of any liability, obligation, wrongdoing or violation of law.

14. Release of Claims. In exchange for the consideration under this Agreement to which you would not otherwise be entitled, you hereby generally and completely release, acquit and forever discharge the Company and its parent or subsidiary entities, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents, attorneys, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise from or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date you sign this Agreement. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to your compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance payments, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership or equity interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including but not limited to claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including but not limited to claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or

 

- 3 -


other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (the “ADEA”), the California Labor Code, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you are not hereby releasing the Company from any obligation it may otherwise have to indemnify you for your acts within the course and scope of your employment with the Company, pursuant to the articles and bylaws of the Company, any fully executed written agreement with the Company, or applicable law. You represent that you have no lawsuits, claims or actions pending in your name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity subject to the release granted in this paragraph. In addition, you covenant not to sue, initiate, or continue any legal or administrative proceeding with regard to any or all claims you have released herein.

15. ADEA WAIVER. You hereby acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA and that the consideration given for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled. You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after you sign this Agreement; (b) you should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement (although you may voluntarily decide not to do so); (c) you have twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement (although you may choose to voluntarily execute this Agreement earlier); (d) you have seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement (in a written revocation sent to the Company’s Chairman); and (e) this Agreement will not be effective until the eighth day after this Agreement has been signed both by you and by the Company.

16. Section 1542 Waiver. In giving the release set forth in this Agreement, which includes claims which may be unknown to you at present, you acknowledge that you have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” You hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the releases granted herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Agreement.

17. Miscellaneous. This Agreement constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to its subject matter. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties

 

- 4 -


insofar as possible under applicable law. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any ambiguity in this Agreement shall not be construed against either party as the drafter. Any waiver of a breach of this Agreement, or rights hereunder, shall be in writing and shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any successive breach or rights hereunder. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which shall be deemed to be part of one original, and facsimile signatures will suffice as original signatures.

If this Agreement is acceptable to you, please sign below and return the original to me.

Sincerely,

 

CHORDIANT SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven R. Springsteel

  Steven R. Springsteel
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit A – Separation Date Release

Exhibit B – Proprietary Information Agreement

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

 

/s/ George de Urioste

George de Urioste
Date:  

 

 

- 5 -


EXHIBIT A

SEPARATION DATE RELEASE

(To be signed on the Separation Date.)

In exchange for the severance benefits and other consideration provided to me by Chordiant Software, Inc. (the “Company”), and as required by my Separation Agreement with the Company, I hereby provide the following Separation Date Release (the “Release”).

I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, arising out of or in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to or at the time that I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership or equity interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the foregoing, I am not releasing the Company hereby from any obligation to indemnify me pursuant to the articles and bylaws of the Company, any valid fully executed indemnification agreement with the Company, applicable law, or applicable directors and officers liability insurance. I represent that I have no lawsuits, claims or actions pending in my name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity subject to the release granted in this paragraph.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph is in addition to anything of value to which I am already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign it earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke it by providing written notice of revocation to the Company’s Chairman; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth calendar day after the date I sign it (the “Separation Date Release Effective Date”).

 

- 6 -


I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS. I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to my release of claims herein, including but not limited to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims.

 

By:  

 

  George de Urioste
Date:  

 

 

- 7 -


EXHIBIT B

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

 

- 8 -

EX-31.1 5 dex311.htm SECTION 302 CEO CERTIFICATION Section 302 CEO Certification

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Steven R. Springsteel, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Chordiant Software, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  

/s/ Steven R. Springsteel

 

Steven R. Springsteel

Chief Executive Officer

Date: May 4, 2006

EX-31.2 6 dex312.htm SECTION 302 CFO CERTIFICATION Section 302 CFO Certification

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Peter S. Norman, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Chordiant Software, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  

/s/ Peter S. Norman

 

Peter S. Norman,

Chief Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer

Date: May 4, 2006

EX-31.3 7 dex313.htm SECTION 302 CHIEF STRATEGY OFFICER CERTIFICATION Section 302 Chief Strategy Officer Certification

Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATION

I, Samuel T. Spadafora, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Chordiant Software, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  

/s/ Samuel T. Spadafora

 

Samuel T. Spadafora,

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Strategy Officer

Date: May 4, 2006

EX-32.1 8 dex321.htm SECTION 906 CEO, CFO AND CSO CERTIFICATION Section 906 CEO, CFO and CSO Certification

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION*

Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), Samuel Spadafora, Chairman of the Board and Chief Strategy Officer of Chordiant Software, Inc. (the “Company”), Steven R. Springsteel, Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Peter Norman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

1. The Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Periodic Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 4th day of May, 2006.

 

/s/ Samuel T. Spadafora

Samuel T. Spadafora,

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Strategy Officer

/s/ Steven R. Springsteel

Steven R. Springsteel,

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Peter S. Norman

Peter S. Norman,

Chief Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer

This certification accompanies the Form 10-Q to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Chordiant Software, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-Q), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

GRAPHIC 9 g26332image001.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g26332image001.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`@``9`!D``#_[``11'5C:WD``0`$````9```_^X`#D%D M;V)E`&3``````?_;`(0``0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$! M`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0("`@("`@("`@("`P,#`P,#`P,#`P$!`0$!`0$"`0$" M`@(!`@(#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,# M`P,#`P,#`P,#_\``$0@`)@"L`P$1``(1`0,1`?_$`'H``0`!!`(#`0`````` M```````*!@<("0(+`P0%`0$!`````````````````````!````8"``('"`$# M`P4!`````@,$!08'`0@`"1$2%!46&0H3E1=7U]B96B$Q(AA!82.A0C,D)AH1 M`0````````````````````#_V@`,`P$``A$#$0`_`)H.\NWEC^]EH%1!CCE'DPI,$,?\`SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`>=09^P M=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`>=09^P=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^ M-77C[J^`>=09^P=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`>=09^P=S/?QJZ\? M=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`>=09^P=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`> M=09^P=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`>=09^P=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V M#N9[^-77C[J^`>=09^P=S/?QJZ\?=7P#SJ#/V#N9[^-77C[J^`_0\Z0\X6"2 M_4+4R6:Q@ME8CF- MV1HD2T(>W)4[DW.;:O;%PE!A:8\02L>`B]^IR&*\(!R[>78R.!6)+O%OO4T< M>FLI04%<&KH4<,$Q?,E`?6E:!*S.\U:X*I$K&MP;7D&6X@%>B+4"7N9>2H$D\:<`>@) M/5*P`.`U]<`X#<-RZN5PU[147LCO/LU:3K0&AFHZ$'Q,GL986Z36=:$]4EMA MK/2M+L;XYLT='-'\;T@39<'%0)&@5.B((B%&#A^Q"SK/:?*M=)*BC\DT]VRB M-?JW(ML<;#C>XL*EEG,;"(WV'BI)#'G62/P612-.1C"@UL$I;T:D?7)+4)\" M"<`,WM[>3%!J33T%C&&MJS]!KIK^NJ\O:..T`N/6>TI\ M?5D3V8K)[>"Z@260E^MF-"J-57K#8](JKG5I[&=Q0B=25[,`G55]&,M<0?I> MO>6)8I2DGNIK0FC)YJT@M,YGF&@!D*&1<@?;QEV;6:BWK;VH6J]U.C^9'ZAC M^P-VK6`.PQ@URA`U/%.EQ"%39U5QN2'IL@:UK\E82W%5G*)/@Q>6>E*#$ASY M76W<7VGN[4FPX>PUA.M:&-PG&PDUG4!:](8HQE.IRF4A,)`&:T:Y`.W M3E76HMOS>Z]*Z7JO=0L[%/3ZV]BV^.,&7)8QM;Y#8\\C01UY6J9!/R7`XIO( M:"74*4Y$=AR&@P).(X+%[+\G7:[5376P=H[%DVNTFJ6`;+%:JY=:=O2(7&JD MUF81R=:Y9:"*_&]D,:!C+C`@K$DA-9'X@:Q/@3=_<9[,.47Y3-D*[9J_6^TM MDM8->=JK=.KM)&-:+C<+V362SN=NI&I?6+#8CM`J(GE9UK)I:@?4)_=;R_I' M%L*6$]XDI#!^SP&3W+FY*#S>O,:NC2K=V9HM;H]K8BCQD2EU;DZA.2`"D6,%AIOV+H6Q-7+WMK7>V M&DQEL6FIY(Z_E:$0#`DC<8\XG(L.*`9@0Y4M#PF`6L1'XQU3TAY9@>D(L9X" MR_`.`^PB2'U]R"=NDZU5F1ZI;Y7+R^;;#R\,%Q3("(TL@0Q=B,(R,O`$N0AVDG1_/1_OT?]>`@=\Y/;9Q9>H,J..0)D`=D]GTK-74"4KG`+@E6JU#:Z;$M"HI"4<6JR-A. MP45_YAC#KUC333S3#SS##CCC!FG'&C$8:::8+(S###!YR,9@QYSG.`\?`.`FOW4JKR3^C0H7X,MP#C87LZQI;XRP-BTH;=88+3L++PXS,P(!>T& MI1R*.X+4G"R2(M2A`#(?^(`0A0&?9CTSNAWP%9$SHKT-V6M.-;=1: M,BRM?H"JMA?-7F"6W,F1O2A.0PZ9A<2$H'I4'"?#DI[($T9N#L`"S6KTE:J6 M]._S)3;52(QH]O\`:/6&L=8V-X<0$N3I.*9<5<^MNQHG'EX,F*F2,QDQ(UK7 M="`1>%QH$9QH#`%@$%8^J&[47O\`T`6+M18B.7OJ*!,6+VP!$=5GE/2!,#/0 M(KJJ.M_`,8Z#.M_W=/`?8YS.%)OJ.R"S\*C3,VIR]BRRS\'FF9P.H==,Y+*` M9UAYP,X8L]`<=&1YS_KG/`27]H,36<\RCU%5":\EQEQW0LC1S1V8ZYQY^8H= M)EDJ:JAAS%(+/BC`P3=GD;(_N[L2\-/9VTU`H+4JO8&"R5DH)P`AP%7;S=K4 MH/<../#NZU5KU":_1@VW&X4A4FN<;<4!+\V)X?5DJ=HW5,)>)!/)1)W<@AEC M@31KU`CCC/9@2!5'`#8USS2AAY-GIRC!%##T:S6:'!@BA8QC!L7H(S`>OD., M8]J$.!8QT_W8QC/\XX#U]7'Y@B?IPJ\EDG4IT$7B_/UIN12EQ4)QJDC>P,U2 M1->[K5Q!1)XS4R9N)$(8>H+(@]`<8SG.,9#%WGTZ2;71SFE7[<4>J>Q;%K#; M&VS;>UFMVJXW))W#+6C\^:&V91]'`I3&$;FF=I"R(57L3$:72C47;ETL>/[J;;PO9>\)/$[LC5FHBPJ=5(.[IH MG7E@!PAK:`.:N2'$K%83\O\`*S^N#.$BW$)S2!,:3!@?:J MND01&>`<`X#<-R]U[G:^EO,VU7:QE@E;%5E:;_5(>7V=,YHIOIK,C29\)K6] M<"LU7FBK8DB[!(0G=&&K(PX+Q@PS`=FKYC[;Y%WF3>(P=]_X+_$?OKN_'4^. MG@;PCW;W;V_^OQQ_]#V7:>GI_CK_`.O`=>UN]=*BX=/.95N2:P.B=ZWUYO;- M5XBW,M9WC7=:ZYUY.K498G(<9<%0F9SD*FR&,I.A-4+4IH8RIP2$KL)8A!') MX!P#@-J7+HYG+WI7&[RUZM>M"=E-'=JHV.-;$ZU.1&Q\^ZFV\'6/%%H3C,`PZXA1N3BR\C["$0\`"&/\2VRLZC+? MG=GZ@2&::IMDP3N<>(B%>V%*G(HN`KBP$8ALL>'M6<=8",\LH)ROO(D24Y;D M1I29.'!1104G8FS^P5MV/&;,"V8 ML78RT)EL#5^&O%?W"_R`Q?/XKW(N5N3+EKD9I>5Y8V=&9[W;DV%>\4VAF.R]Q/6QD'2MR&)W<.:NZ.SF1&TY6]WI4DQ;CTCWDA, M4XGDX",X6,IS1$YZ2LY!P'/9#?+<_QE`2``D]D#LX`EYQD(<8P%/I] MP=GDFNBS45+=T]3ZRN#OX@7T>2[Y+KQ:_P"'E-(@O",D_"L?2 MHQDH`<#ZH0AP%]*'YE6UU51NNZ,E6PNR4HTZC4QBKK,M9HK>TO@,=E<)990U MR-Y@+*\),NID+;I!AMR3D21.(I/DT1@2^NU[QO)N%?\`M<\LBN+& M71/E\H:X@M?`R4R%QDI,D:(G#"GT#6R!=$L4C+:D0$G=D3Y,+3X%D&!9STAL M"T>YNT6USY>6W'+=F:+V4=2)-$"B;63U^HI&9A;"L'2Z*DJH!-!+'/ M$H8F-W*+"4`EE53LUR;BEB#VC(S1>6*G!<:(S`4B1(8HZ,Y)Q MC@-U_P`8IC_^=OR\/$\.[E\Y?_`/XV>)_P#X?X?^*_CSXY[V]MV3PCXK_GM' M:.R]R_W?T_G@,_\`:*C8-_D[S*K0Y7>['+\,I"16O$4/,%UBYC-1/R+5.N]G M4SS,$P'Z&6IZ M]5OI3P#P-=?SE](-[KU6^E/`/`UU_.7T@WNO5;Z4\`\#77\Y?2#>Z]5OI3P# MP-=?SE](-[KU6^E/`/`UU_.7T@WNO5;Z4\`\#77\Y?2#>Z]5OI3P#P-=?SE] M(-[KU6^E/`/`UU_.7T@WNO5;Z4\`\#77\Y?2#>Z]5OI3P#P-=?SE](-[KU6^ ME/`/`UU_.7T@WNO5;Z4\`\#77\Y?2#>Z]5OI3P#P-=?SE](-[KU6^E/`/`UU M_.7T@WNO5;Z4\`\#77\Y?2#>Z]5OI3P#P-=?SE](-[KU6^E/`/`UU_.7T@WN MO5;Z4\`\#77\Y?2#>Z]5OI3P%/4&O8FTU$E"C(SA:H"E$8$8;Y/`GIYO M(1^'GQK:O+3\6=P_'GN"?_&7_([O[V7CCPU\-_BI\9N]/^7LOACH\/?V=F[E %_G@/_]D_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----